• Author / Uploaded
• rdzptec

Citation preview

TM

Brilliance

CT

6/10/16/40/64-slice (air), and Big Bore v2.x.x System JTAG Programming Manual

4535 673 81621 Revision K

This document and the information contained in it is proprietary and confidential information of Philips Healthcare ("Philips") and may not be reproduced, copied in whole or in part, adapted, modified, disclosed to others, or disseminated without the prior written permission of the Philips Legal Department. Use of this document and the information contained in it is strictly reserved for current Philips personnel and Philips customers who have a current and valid license from Philips for use by the customer’s designated in-house service employee on equipment located at the customer’s designated site. Use of this document by unauthorized persons is strictly prohibited. Report violation of these requirements to the Philips Legal Department. This document must be returned to Philips when the user is no longer licensed and in any event upon Philips’ first written request.

© 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. CSIP Level 1

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Philips Healthcare © 2011 KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N. V. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

Warranty Disclaimer PHILIPS PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENT WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, IMPLIED OR EXPRESSED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Limitation of Liability PHILIPS HAS TAKEN CARE TO ENSURE THE ACCURACY OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOWEVER, PHILIPS ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS AND RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE TO ANY PRODUCTS HEREIN TO IMPROVE RELIABILITY, FUNCTION, OR DESIGN. PHILIPS MAY MAKE IMPROVEMENTS OR CHANGES IN THE PRODUCT(S) OR PROGRAM(S) DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT AT ANY TIME.

Password Notice THE PASSWORD IS THE PROPERTY OF PHILIPS HEALTHCARE AND IS PROVIDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE PURPOSE OF PROVIDING ACCESS TO SELECTED SERVICE UTILITIES WHICH ARE DESCRIBED IN THIS SERVICE MANUAL AS BEING ASSOCIATED WITH THE PASSWORD. USE OF THIS PASSWORD FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN FOR THE ACCESS TO THE SELECTED SERVICES UTILITIES IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

2

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Symbol Descriptions

!

Attention symbol

Radiation warning symbol

Laser warning symbol

Biohazard warning symbol

Magnetism warning symbol

Projectile warning symbol

Electrical warning symbol

Do not touch

Crush warning symbol

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

3

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Safety Information To the User of This Manual The user of this manual is directed to read and carefully review the instructions, warnings and cautions contained herein prior to beginning installation or service activities. While you may have previously installed or serviced equipment similar to that described in this manual, changes in design, manufacture or procedure may have occurred which significantly affect the present installation or service.

! WARNING In addition to the warnings listed above, make sure to follow all safety guidelines as

described in the Safety Manual. Failure to do so can result in severe personal injury. Installation and Environment Except for installations requiring certification by the manufacturer per federal standards, see that a radiation protection survey is made by a qualified expert in accordance with NCRP 102, section 7, as revised or replaced in the future. Perform a survey after every change in equipment, workload, or operating conditions which might significantly increase the probability of persons receiving more than the maximum permissible dose equivalent.

Diagnostic Imaging Systems - Mechanical-electrical Warning All of the moveable assemblies and parts of this equipment should be operated with care and routinely inspected in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations contained in the equipment manuals. Only properly trained and qualified personnel should be permitted access to any internal parts. Live electrical terminals are deadly; be sure line disconnects are opened and other appropriate precautions are taken before opening access doors, removing enclosure panels, or attaching accessories. Do not under any circumstances, remove the flexible high tension cables from the x-ray tube housing or high tension generator and/or the access covers from the generator until the main and auxiliary power supplies have been disconnected. Failure to comply with the above may result in serious or fatal bodily injuries to the operator or those in the area. Prior to any service and maintenance activities inside components: Switch off the system at the main power supply (using the on-site On-Off switch), and the internal/external uninterruptible power supply (UPS). Make sure that no other person can switch on power or switch off the security measures, when installation, maintenance or service work on the system is performed. Always use an ESD protection wrist strap when servicing any component in the system.

Electrical-grounding Instructions The equipment must be grounded to an earth ground by a separate conductor. The neutral side of the line is not to be considered the earth ground. On equipment provided with a line cord, the equipment must be connected to properly grounded, three-pin receptacle. Do not use a three-to-two pin adapter.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

4

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Diagnostic Imaging Systems - Radiation Warning X-ray and Gamma-rays are dangerous to both operator and others in the vicinity unless established safe exposure procedures are strictly observed. The useful and scattered beams can produce serious or fatal bodily injuries to any persons in the surrounding area if used by an unskilled operator. Adequate precautions must always be taken to avoid exposure to the useful beam, as well as to leakage radiation from within the source housing or to scattered radiation resulting from the passage of radiation through matter. Those authorized to operate, participate in or supervise the operation of the equipment must be thoroughly familiar and comply completely with the current established safe exposure factors and procedures described in publications, such as: Subchapter J of Title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations, "Diagnostic X-ray Systems and Their Major Components", and the national council on radiation protection (NCRP) no. 102, "Medical Xray And Gamma-ray Protection For Energies Up To 10 Mev-equipment Design and Use", as revised or replaced in the future. Those responsible for planning of x-ray and gamma-ray equipment installations must be thoroughly familiar and comply completely with NCRP no. 49, "Structural Shielding Design and Evaluation For Medical Of X-rays and Gamma-rays of Energies Up to 10 Mev", as revised and replaced in the future. Failure to observe these warnings may cause serious or fatal bodily injuries to the operator or those in the area. Add additional safety information as needed.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

5

Revision History BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Revision History ECO #

Revision

Date

Comments

2013525

A

05/03/06

Combined Brilliance System JTAG programming information from: Brilliance 6/10/16/16P (manual P/N 4535 673 63931) Brilliance 40/64 (manual P/N 4535 673 48481) Brilliance Big Bore (manual P/N 4535 673 66971) This manual replaces those manuals and includes updates and corrections.

2014045

B

07/05/06

Updated for 2.2 SW. Added Big Bore RCOM and DMC16 JTAG programming from host and rotor slip-ring transmitter JTAG procedures.

2014209

C

08/01/06

Updated procedure for copying firmware files from the 2.2 SW DVD to a laptop in the overview section. Revised the procedure for CPM bootflashing.

2014582

D

10/20/06

Added instructions for programming the BR 40 optical transmitter. Updated instructions for using Xilinx 7.1i software. Added instructions for programming the couch ACS controller using Service Tools. Updated direct ACS programming for the bariatric couch. Miscellaneous field service corrections.

2014967

E

12/06/06

Corrections to RHost and Spellman generator control board JTAG procedures.

2016924

F

October 2007

Added JTAG from the Host procedures for BR64 with version 2.4 software.

2018276

G

April 2008

JTAG from the Host procedures for BR64 are compatible with version 2.3 software. BR64 with 2.3 software can JTAG individual APDM modules.

August 2008

Updated I-Box procedure with a step to press the Reset button twice before loading firmware. Added procedure to program the RHost with the ribbon cable provided with the USB JTAG Kit. Added procedures for loading Brilliance 6/10/16/16P/Big Bore 2.3.0.xxxx Firmware on the FSE Laptop. Added procedure to program the Brilliance 6/ 10/16/16P DMC16 from the Host PC.

2019105

H

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

6

Revision History BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

ECO #

Revision

Date

Comments

2021887

I

November 2009

Added reference for new R2D board (P/N 453567483781). Added Firmware File information for Brilliance 2.6.x software.

2022249

J

March 2010

Updated to reference Brilliance 2.4.7 software for Big Bore.

December 2011

Changed DMC16 Programming procedure: • Brilliance 6/10/16/16P (air) DMC16 Programming from Host PC on page 52 • Big Bore DMC16 JTAG Programming from Host PC on page 78 • Brilliance 40/64 DMC Programming on page 126

2024378

K

This document was prepared by the CT BU Cleveland Service Innovation Department. For any additions, corrections, or suggestions, email: [email protected]

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

7

Brilliance

TM

CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big BoreSystem JTAG Programming Rev K

Contents Revision History .............................................................................................................................. 6 JTAG Programming ....................................................................................................................... 14 Overview .............................................................................................................................................................. 14 Safety ................................................................................................................................................................... 15 Prerequisites for JTAG programming from the FSE laptop.................................................................................. 15 FPGA Download Kits ...................................................................................................................................... 16 USB FPGA Down Load Kit (p/n 453567399891) ...................................................................................... 16 Parallel FPGA Down Load Kit (p/n 4535467012901)................................................................................ 17 Installing the Xilinx Download Utility on the FSE Laptop ................................................................................ 18 Loading FPGA Files from Firmware CD to Laptop PC ................................................................................... 18 Brilliance 6/10/16/16P versions 2.0/2.0.2 and Big Bore version 2.0.1....................................................... 19 Brilliance 6/10/16/16P/ version 2.2.x ......................................................................................................... 20 Brilliance 6/10/16/16P version 2.3.0.xxxx.................................................................................................. 21 Big Bore version 2.2.x or later ................................................................................................................... 28 Brilliance 40/64 version 2.3 ....................................................................................................................... 29 Brilliance 64 version 2.4.x and 2.6.x.......................................................................................................... 30 Downloading FPGA Files from a DVD to the Laptop..................................................................................... 31 For Laptops with DVD Drives - Version 2.0.1 and Previous SW............................................................... 31 For Laptops with DVD Drives - Version 2.2.0 and 2.2.1 SW..................................................................... 31 For Laptops without DVD Drives ............................................................................................................... 32 General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop....................................................................................... 33 DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power ..................................................................... 40 RCOM16 JTAG Procedure - Brilliance 6/10/16/16 Power ................................................................................... 41 Equipment requirements................................................................................................................................. 41 Programming Procedure for RCOM16 Assy 4550 120 03331 Rev H1, I, and I1 Altera Devices ................... 42 Programming Procedures for RCOM16 Xilinx Devices .................................................................................. 46 Procedure for 4550 120 03331 Rev H1 and Rev I .................................................................................... 46 Procedure for 4550 120 03331 Rev I1 / 4550 120 03332 Rev C (or higher)............................................. 49

CSIP Level 1

4535 673 81621

© 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved

Refer to Front Cover

8

Brilliance

TM

CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Brilliance 6/10/16/16P (air) DMC16 Programming from Host PC ........................................................................ 52 DMC16 JTAG Programming Verification ........................................................................................................ 59 Brilliance 6/10/16/16P (air) DMC16 Programming via Direct JTAG Connection.................................................. 60 Xilinx Devices ................................................................................................................................................. 60 DMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 03031 - Brilliance 6/10/16/16P ............................................................................ 63 Xilinx Devices ................................................................................................................................................. 63 DMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 03032 - Brilliance 6/10/16/16P ............................................................................ 65 Xilinx Devices ................................................................................................................................................. 65 DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore ................................................................................................ 67 Big Bore RCOM JTAG Programming from Host PC ............................................................................................ 68 RCOM JTAG Programming Verification ......................................................................................................... 75 Big Bore DMC16 JTAG Programming from Host PC........................................................................................... 78 DMC16 JTAG Programming Verification ........................................................................................................ 85 RCOM/DMC/CDMP Programming via Direct RCOM JTAG Connection ............................................................. 86 RCOM7100 for Big Bore (p/n 4550 120 04154) ............................................................................................. 87 Equipment requirements: .......................................................................................................................... 87 Procedure.................................................................................................................................................. 87 Big Bore DMC16 Xilinx JTAG Programming (P/N 4550 120 03022) .............................................................. 90 Big Bore CDMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 04232 Programming ..................................................................... 93 Final Steps ................................................................................................................................................ 96 DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64 ...................................................................................................... 97 JTAG Programming Chain ................................................................................................................................... 98 RCOM/DPUs/DMC/APDM JTAG from Host PC .................................................................................................. 99 RCOM/DPU Programming for BR40 versions 2.0 - 2.3.x, and BR 64 versions 2.0 - 2.2.x........................... 100 RCOM/DPU/DMC/APDM Programming for Brilliance 64 with 2.3.x or later software .................................. 109 RCOM + DPU JTAG Programming ......................................................................................................... 110 Individual DPU JTAG Programming........................................................................................................ 118 DMC Programming.................................................................................................................................. 126 DMC16 JTAG Programming Verification ...................................................................................................... 133 APDM Programming ............................................................................................................................... 134 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

9

Brilliance

TM

CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

RCOM JTAG Programming Verification ....................................................................................................... 142 RCOM/DPUs Programming (V1.2.3 - BR 40 only) ....................................................................................... 145 Verification............................................................................................................................................... 149 RCOM/DPU Programming Procedure via DMC16............................................................................................. 151 RCOM to DMC Connection ..................................................................................................................... 152 RCOM Programming Procedure ............................................................................................................. 153 Final Steps.................................................................................................................................................... 158 RCOM/DPU/CDMP/DMC16 Programming via Direct JTAG Connection........................................................... 159 RCOM/DPU .................................................................................................................................................. 160 Final Steps.................................................................................................................................................... 167 CDMP Programming Procedure ................................................................................................................... 168 Final Steps.................................................................................................................................................... 171 DMC16 Programming Procedure ................................................................................................................. 172 Final Steps .............................................................................................................................................. 176 Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming .......................................................................... 177 Gantry Firmware Path ........................................................................................................................................ 177 Gantry Display Controller P/N 4535 670 62871 ................................................................................................. 178 GHost (P/N 453567042301 and 453567110321)............................................................................................... 180 GMP (Gantry Motion Processor) P/N 4535 670 10351...................................................................................... 183 Program GMP from Laptop........................................................................................................................... 183 Program GMP from the Host PC .................................................................................................................. 186 CGMP (Common Gantry Motion Processor) P/N 4535 670 84501 / 4535 670 84502....................................... 193 Program CGMP from Laptop ........................................................................................................................ 193 Program CGMP from the Host PC................................................................................................................ 196 Interface Box (IBox) P/N 4550 140 01011 ......................................................................................................... 203 I-Box Programming Procedure ..................................................................................................................... 204 Final Steps.................................................................................................................................................... 211 MDP (Main Drive Processor) P/N 4535 664 60131 ........................................................................................... 212 R2D (Resolver to Digital Board)......................................................................................................................... 214 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

10

Brilliance

TM

CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

TDP (Tilt Drive Processor) P/N 4535 665 02391 ............................................................................................... 217 Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming ........................................................................... 220 Gantry Firmware Path ........................................................................................................................................ 220 Program RHost (P/N 453567017751) from the Host PC ................................................................................... 221 Program RHost (P/N 453567017751) from a Laptop......................................................................................... 230 Connect Ribbon Cable to Rhost ................................................................................................................... 231 Connect Flying Leads to RHost .................................................................................................................... 234 RHost Programming Procedure.................................................................................................................... 237 Spellman System Control Board P/N 4535 665 02911 ...................................................................................... 240 BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071 ....................................... 245 Preparing the System......................................................................................................................................... 245 Connecting the JTAG Programming Cable to the Transmitter........................................................................... 247 Moving the Transmitter to Access the Programming Connector .................................................................. 247 Connecting the JTAG Programming Cable ............................................................................................. 250 Programming the Transmitter ............................................................................................................................ 253 Tx Programming Final Steps ........................................................................................................................ 258 Big Bore Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 670 98201) ..................................... 259 Big Bore Optical Transceiver Interface Box JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 671 12661) .................................................................................................................... 264 Patient Table Component Programming ...................................................................................... 269 Gantry Firmware Path ........................................................................................................................................ 269 Program Couch Control Board from the Host PC .............................................................................................. 270 Program the ACS Controller from Host PC........................................................................................................ 277 Program Couch Control Board (CCB) from Laptop............................................................................................ 285 Couch Preparation........................................................................................................................................ 286 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

11

Brilliance

TM

CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Couch Safety Support Brace Installation ...................................................................................................... 287 Couch Control Board JTAG Procedure ........................................................................................................ 289 Final Steps .............................................................................................................................................. 292 Programming the ACS Motor Controller Using a Direct Connection.................................................................. 293 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 293 Equipment Needed ....................................................................................................................................... 293 Safety............................................................................................................................................................ 294 Laptop Computer Preparation ...................................................................................................................... 294 Installing Firmware Files onto the Laptop................................................................................................ 294 Installing the ACS Program onto the Laptop ........................................................................................... 294 Couch Preparation........................................................................................................................................ 298 Loading the Program File to the ACS Controller .......................................................................................... 301 Setting the Communication Speed.......................................................................................................... 301 Saving the Current ACS Program ........................................................................................................... 303 Loading New Programming to the ACS Controller.................................................................................. 306 Final Steps .............................................................................................................................................. 307 Possible ACS Programming Problems ......................................................................................................... 308 Communication Link Not Established...................................................................................................... 308 Communication Channel Error ................................................................................................................ 309 Workstation Components JTAG Programming ............................................................................ 310 Gantry Firmware Path ........................................................................................................................................ 310 CT Box Controller P/N 4535 670 19011............................................................................................................. 311 CIRS Component Programming ........................................................................................................................ 313 Acquisitor Board FPGA Programming .......................................................................................................... 313 3DBP Board FPGA Programming ................................................................................................................ 316 Burn CPM Boot and Application Flash and Restore NVRAM ....................................................... 321 Gantry Power Down ...................................................................................................................... 324 Removing Gantry Rotor Power..................................................................................................................... 326 Removing Power to Rotor Main Drive................................................................................................................ 327

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

12

Brilliance

TM

CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Appendix A: Connect Programming Cable Between RCOM and DMC16 ...................................... 328 Appendix B - Detector Module Locations ..................................................................................... 329 Appendix C - Brilliance 64 DMS Type Identification .................................................................... 330 BR 64 DMS Identification from the CPM Version List ........................................................................................ 330 BR 64 DMS Identification from the DMS Labels ................................................................................................ 331

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

13

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

JTAG Programming Overview This manual details the JTAG programming procedures for the following system components on Brilliance 6/10/16 (air), 16 Power, Brilliance Big Bore, Brilliance 40, and Brilliance 64 systems: •

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power on page 40

•

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore on page 67

•

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64 on page 97

•

CDMP Programming Procedure on page 168

•

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming on page 177

•

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming on page 220

•

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071 on page 245

•

Big Bore Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 670 98201) on page 259

•

Big Bore Optical Transceiver Interface Box JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 671 12661) on page 264

•

Patient Table Component Programming on page 269

•

Workstation Components JTAG Programming on page 310 (and CT Box Controller)

Throughout this manual, the Gantry Firmware directory will be designated as: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\, where XX stands for _Brilliance16, _BrillianceBigBore, Brilliance40, or Brilliance64, or Brilliance64 - 2.4.6. NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this manual are for example only. For the correct firmware versions, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance CT System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

14

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

Safety

! Follow all safety guidelines as described in the safety Guidelines Manual. Failure to do so can result in severe personal injury.

WARNING

! CAUTION

Follow all guidelines for ESD Anti-static protection before performing any service procedure.

Prerequisites for JTAG programming from the FSE laptop •

FSE Laptop

•

FPGA Download Kit P/N 4535 673 99891 with Xilinx V7.1i or newer Download Utility (version 7.1i is required for using the USB Xilinx cable). See FPGA Download Kits on page 16.

•

The Xilinx Download Utility on your laptop, see Installing the Xilinx Download Utility on the FSE Laptop on page 18.

•

For Brilliance 64 with 2.3 or later software, Brilliance 6/10/16, and Big Bore; you need the Brilliance Firmware CD from the Software Media set for the version of software that is currently on the System. For Brilliance 64 2.2.x software and earlier, and Brilliance 40; you need the Host DVD from the Software Media set for the version of software that is currently on the System.

NOTE

If you need to load the firmware on your laptop, see Loading FPGA Files from Firmware CD to Laptop PC on page 18.

NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this manual are for example only. For the correct firmware versions, refer to the latest System Software Installation manual for your system.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

15

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

FPGA Download Kits There are two FPGA Download Kits in the field: •

the current kit (p/n 453567399891) has a USB Xilinx Programming Cable with both Flying Leads and a Ribbon Cable (see below).

•

the previous kit (p/n 4535467012901) with a Parallel Xilinx Programming Cable and Flying Leads only. See page 17.

USB FPGA Down Load Kit (p/n 453567399891) This is the current kit that is available. Xilinx Programmer

USB Cable Ribbon Cable

Flying Leads

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

16

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Parallel FPGA Down Load Kit (p/n 4535467012901) This is the previous version of the download kit. Xilinx Programmer

Parallel Cable Flying Leads

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

17

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

Installing the Xilinx Download Utility on the FSE Laptop Before attempting JTAG downloading procedures you must have the Xilinx V6.1 or newer Download Utility software installed on your laptop (version 7.1i is required for the USB Xilinx cable). The Xilinx download utility and the instructions for installing the Xilinx software onto a laptop (P/N 4535 674 00601) are included in the JTAG Kit P/N 4535 673 99891.

Loading FPGA Files from Firmware CD to Laptop PC For Brilliance 64 with 2.3 or later software, and all versions of Brilliance 6/10/16/16P and Big Bore systems that have a separate firmware CD; choose one of the following procedures: •

Brilliance 6/10/16/16P versions 2.0/2.0.2 and Big Bore version 2.0.1 on page 19 below

•

Brilliance 6/10/16/16P/ version 2.2.x on page 20

•

Brilliance 6/10/16/16P version 2.3.0.xxxx on page 21

•

Big Bore version 2.2.x or later on page 28

•

Brilliance 40/64 version 2.3 on page 29

•

Brilliance 64 version 2.4.x and 2.6.x on page 30

For all other versions of Brilliance 40 and 64 systems (that have firmware on the Host software DVD and do not have a separate firmware CD), see “Downloading FPGA Files from a DVD to the Laptop” on page 31.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

18

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Brilliance 6/10/16/16P versions 2.0/2.0.2 and Big Bore version 2.0.1 Copy the files that will be used for the programming from a firmware CD to your laptop as follows: 1. Insert the Firmware CD into the CD-ROM drive of your laptop. 2. Open Windows explorer and double-click on the CDROM drive. 3. Double-click on the file setup.exe in the CD root folder. The Philips Install Supervisor box shown in Figure 1 will appear. 4. Click the Start button. The Install Supervisor unpacks the code files from the CD and automatically places them in the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\ directory on the laptop.

Figure 1: Install Supervisor Window

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

19

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

Brilliance 6/10/16/16P/ version 2.2.x 1. If you have a previous version of Brilliance firmware loaded on your laptop, you will have to rename the directory first if you want to save the firmware. If you do not have a previous version of firmware installed, skip to step 3. a. On your laptop, double-click the My Computer (or click Start > My Computer). b. Browse to C:\usr\diamond.root. c. Right-click on the GantryFW_BrillianceXX directory, and select Rename from the menu. d. Rename the directory GantryFW_BrillianceXX_x, where x is the version of software (e.g. 2.2.2 or 2.2.5). e. Close the My Computer Window. Continue with Step 2. 2. If you have a previous version of Brilliance firmware loaded on your laptop, you have to run Add or Remove Programs to clear the Registry Entries for the Firmware Component. If you renamed your previous firmware directories in step 1, those directories will be safe and not be uninstalled. If you do not run Add or Remove Programs, you will not be able to load this firmware on your laptop because the installer will detect that firmware was already installed. To run Add or Remove Programs: a. Click Start > Control Panel (or Start > Settings > Control Panel). b. On Control Panel, double-click Add or Remove Programs. c. Under Add or Remove Programs, select Philips_MS_Brilliance_CT_Firmware, then click Remove. d. Click Yes on the prompt. e. Close Add or Remove Programs, then close the Control Panel. 3. Insert the Firmware CD, Brilliance_CT_Firmware_x.x.x.xxxxx, into your laptop CD-ROM drive. 4. Open the Brilliance CT Installation Wizard: a. Double-click on My Computer. b. Double-click on the CD-ROM drive. c. If the Installer does not auto-run, then double-click on Brilliance_SG164_Firmware in the CD-ROM directory. 5. On the Installation Wizard, make sure the Typical radio button is selected, and then click Next. NOTE

Do not touch the keyboard or mouse until install is complete. 6. When the "Installation Wizard has successfully completed Brilliance_SG164_Firmware V2.2 Installation" message appears, click Finish. 7. Remove the CD, and close the My Computer Window.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

20

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

Brilliance 6/10/16/16P version 2.3.0.xxxx 1. If you have a previous version of Brilliance firmware loaded on your laptop, you will have to rename the directory first if you want to save the firmware. If you do not have a previous version of firmware installed, skip to step 3. a. On your laptop, double-click the My Computer (or click Start > My Computer). b. Browse to C:\usr\diamond.root. c. Right-click on the GantryFW_BrillianceXX directory, and select Rename from the menu. d. Rename the directory GantryFW_BrillianceXX_x, where x is the version of software (e.g. 2.2.2 or 2.2.5). e. Close the My Computer Window. Continue with Step 2. 2. If you have a previous version of Brilliance firmware loaded on your laptop, you have to run Add or Remove Programs to clear the Registry Entries for the Firmware Component. If you renamed your previous firmware directories in step 1, those directories will be safe and not be uninstalled. If you do not run Add or Remove Programs, you will not be able to load this firmware on your laptop because the installer will detect that firmware was already installed. To run Add or Remove Programs: a. Click Start > Control Panel (or Start > Settings > Control Panel). b. On Control Panel, double-click Add or Remove Programs. c. Under Add or Remove Programs, select Philips_MS_Brilliance_CT_Firmware, then click Remove. d. Click Yes on the prompt. e. Close Add or Remove Programs, then close the Control Panel. 3. If you are servicing BR6/10/16/16P systems with 2.3.0.xxxx software, there is an issue with the Firmware CD when you install the firmware on your laptop. The automatic installation fails to install the firmware component, so you will have to manually run the installation by using the following procedure: a. Insert the Brilliance_CT_Firmware_2.3.0.13001 CD into the CD/DVD-ROM drive on your laptop. b. Double-click on My Computer. c. Right-click on the CD-ROM drive, and select Explore.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

21

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

d. Click on the Philips_MS_Brilliance_CT_Firmware directory, then double-click on Philips_MS_Brilliance_CT_Firmware.msi.

! CAUTION

Do not install the Philips_MS_SG164_DMS component. It is non-functional. e. After a few moments, you will see the InstallShield Wizard. On the Wizard, click Next.

Figure 2: 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

22

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

f. On the wizard, select "I accept the terms in the license agreement", then click Next.

Figure 3:

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

23

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

g. Select "Anyone who uses this computer (all users)", then click Next.

Figure 4:

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

24

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

h. On the Setup Type window, select Complete, then click Next.

Figure 5:

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

25

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

i. Click Install, and the Wizard will begin to install the files.

Figure 6:

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

26

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

j. When the install is complete, click Finish. k. Remove the CD from the drive. l. The files are now located in C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance 16 - V2.3.0.

Figure 7:

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

27

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

Big Bore version 2.2.x or later 1. If you have a previous version of Brilliance firmware loaded on your laptop, you will have to rename the directory first if you want to save the firmware. If you do not have a previous version of firmware installed, skip to step 3. a. On your laptop, double-click the My Computer (or click Start > My Computer). b. Browse to C:\usr\diamond.root. c. Right-click on the GantryFW_BrillianceXX directory, and select Rename from the menu. d. Rename the directory GantryFW_BrillianceXX_x, where x is the version of software (e.g. 2.3.x). e. Close the My Computer Window. Continue with Step 2. 2. If you have a previous version of Brilliance firmware loaded on your laptop, you have to run Add or Remove Programs to clear the Registry Entries for the Firmware Component. If you renamed your previous firmware directories in step 1, those directories will be safe and not be uninstalled. If you do not run Add or Remove Programs, you will not be able to load this firmware on your laptop because the installer will detect that firmware was already installed. To run Add or Remove Programs: a. Click Start > Control Panel (or Start > Settings > Control Panel). b. On Control Panel, double-click Add or Remove Programs. c. Under Add or Remove Programs, select Philips_MS_Brilliance_CT_Firmware, then click Remove. d. Click Yes on the prompt. e. Close Add or Remove Programs, then close the Control Panel. 3. Insert the Firmware CD, Brilliance_CT_Firmware_x.x.x.xxxxx, into your laptop CD-ROM drive. 4. Open the Brilliance CT Installation Wizard: a. Double-click on My Computer. b. Double-click on the CD-ROM drive. c. If the Installer does not auto-run, then double-click on Brilliance_Big_Bore_Firmware.msi (Brilliance 2.4.7 is Firmware.msi) in the CD-ROM directory. 5. On the Installation Wizard, make sure the Typical radio button is selected, and then click Next. NOTE

Do not touch the keyboard or mouse until install is complete. 6. When the "Installation Wizard has successfully completed Brilliance_Big_Bore_Firmware V2.x Installation" message appears, click Finish. 7. Remove the CD, and close the My Computer Window.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

28

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

Brilliance 40/64 version 2.3 Use this procedure to copy the firmware files that will be used for the programming from a firmware CD to your laptop. 1. Press the keys Windows + E and navigate to C:\usr\diamond.root. 2. Depending on your system, if the folder GantryFWBrilliance64 (or GantryFWBrilliance40) exists, rename the folder to GantryFWBrilliance64 - V2.x.x or GantryFWBrilliance40 - V2.x.x (where x.x is 2.1, 2.5 or 2.6 according to the host kit that your FW CD was last loaded). 3. Click Start > Control Panel, then double-click Add / Remove programs. 4. Select Philips_MS_Applause or Orion_CT_firmware and click Remove. 5. If Philips_MS_DMS exists remove it as well. 6. Insert the Brilliance_CT_Firmware CD V 2.3.0.00023 (p/n 4550 127 09071) into the CD-ROM drive of your laptop. 7. If the dialog box does not appear open Windows Explorer and double-click on the CDROM drive. 8. If a file list appears double-click on the file AutorunFirmware.hta in the CD root folder. 9. The DMS Type Selection dialog box appears. Select your DMS type: •

Applause for Brilliance 40

•

Orion U for Brilliance 64 with UDMS

•

Orion T for Brilliance 64 with TDMS

(see Appendix C - Brilliance 64 DMS Type Identification on page 330) 10. Click OK to start the installation. 11. The Philips Install Supervisor dialog box appears. The Install Supervisor unpacks the code files from the CD and automatically places them in the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64 or C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance40 folder on the laptop. NOTE If you need to switch from UDMS to TDMS or TDMS to UDMS or from Brilliance 40 to 64 repeat Step 2 on page 29 - Step 11 on page 29. 12. After the installation finishes, the Installation window closes automatically. Click Cancel to close the Firmware Installation dialog box.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

29

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

Brilliance 64 version 2.4.x and 2.6.x Use this procedure to copy the firmware files that will be used for the programming from a firmware CD to your laptop. 1. Press the keys Windows + E and navigate to C:\usr\diamond.root. 2. If the folder GantryFWBrilliance64 exists, rename the folder to GantryFWBrilliance64 - V2.x.x (where x.x is according to the host kit that your FW CD was last loaded). 3. Click Start / Control Panel 4. Double-click Add / Remove programs. 5. Select Philips_MS_Applause or Orion_CT_firmware and click Remove. 6. If Philips_MS_DMS exists remove it as well. 7. Insert the BR_CT_Firmware_x.x.x.xxxxx CD into the CD-ROM drive of your laptop. 8. If the dialog box does not appear open Windows Explorer and double-click on the CD-ROM drive. 9. If a file list appears double-click on the file AutorunFirmware.hta in the CD root folder. 10. The DMS Type Selection dialog box appears. Select your DMS type: •

Orion U for Brilliance 64 with UDMS

•

Orion T for Brilliance 64 with TDMS

(see Appendix C - Brilliance 64 DMS Type Identification on page 330) 11. Click OK to start the installation. 12. The Philips Install Supervisor dialog box appears. •

For Brilliance 2.4.x, the Install Supervisor unpacks the code files from the CD and automatically places them in the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW64 folder on the laptop.

•

For Brilliance 2.6.x, the Install Supervisor unpacks the code files from the CD and automatically places the DMS Firmware files in the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW64 folder, and the Gantry and Couch Firmware files in the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW64-2.4.6 folder.

13. After the installation finishes, click OK on the Installation completed message (if needed). Then click Cancel to close the Firmware Installation dialog box. NOTE If you need to switch from UDMS to TDMS or TDMS to UDMS repeat Step 2 - Step 13. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

30

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

Downloading FPGA Files from a DVD to the Laptop The next two procedures are for Brilliance 40 and 64 systems with 2.2.x or earlier software that have the firmware on the host software DVD.

For Laptops with DVD Drives - Version 2.0.1 and Previous SW Download the FPGA files to the laptop as follows: 1. Insert the Host DVD into the DVD-ROM drive; the Philips Installation dialog opens. 2. Close the Philips Installation dialog (click X). 3. Right-click on Start and from the shortcut menu, select Explorer. 4. Navigate to the path DVD drive:\Br2_all\Disk1\BXX Firmware (where XX is the system type, either 40 or 64). 5. Double-click on file Brilliance XX Firmware.msi; the Brilliance 40 or 64 Firmware Setup Wizard opens. 6. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the FPGA files on your laptop. 7. When installation is complete, the firmware files will reside in the c:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceXX folder except for the I-Box files which reside in the Ibox sub-folder.

For Laptops with DVD Drives - Version 2.2.0 and 2.2.1 SW Download the FPGA files to the laptop as follows: 1. Insert the Host DVD into the DVD-ROM drive; the Philips Installation dialog opens. 2. Click Cancel. 3. Click Yes to Confirm. 4. Click Finish. 5. Right-click on the Windows Start button select Explorer from the pop-up menu. 6. For 2.2.0 SW Navigate to the folder: a. For Brilliance 40: DVD drive:\Philips_MS_Applause_CT_Firmware\2.2.0.15001 b. For Brilliance 64: DVD drive:\Philips_MS_Orion_CT_Firmware\2.2.0.16002 7. For 2.2.1 SW Navigate to the folder: a. For Brilliance 40: DVD drive:\Philips_MS_Applause_CT_Firmware\2.2.0.15002 b. For Brilliance 64: DVD drive:\Philips_MS_Orion_CT_Firmware\2.2.0.16003 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

31

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

8. Double-click on file: a. For Brilliance 40: Philips_MS_Applause_CT_Firmware.msi b. For Brilliance 64: Philips_MS_Orion_CT_Firmware.msi 9. The Philips_MS_Applause (Orion)_CT_Firmware Setup Wizard should open. 10. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the FPGA files on your laptop. 11. When installation is complete, click Finish to close the wizard. The firmware files will now reside in the c:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceXX folder.

For Laptops without DVD Drives Copy the files to the laptop as follows: 1. Copy the files from the host folder c:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceXX to a memory stick (where XX is the system type, either 40 or 64). 2. Create folder c:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceXX on the laptop. 3. Copy the files placed on the memory stick in Step 1 on page 32 to the laptop folder created in Step 2 on page 32.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

32

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop This section is a general procedure used for JTAG programming any device from a laptop PC. The other sections of this manual give JTAG programming procedures for each specific device, and include device connections, cautions and warnings. Each of the specific procedures in this manual contain instructions, but not all the screen displays. General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop is a reference section, and contains screen captures of the displays that result from each step of the procedure. To program any specific device, go to the JTAG programming procedure for that device. The general steps of any JTAG programming procedure are: 1. Shut down the Scanner Application if it is running, and open the E-Stop if it is closed. 2. Power down the gantry (or CIRS for host devices) according to the section Gantry Power Down on page 324. 3. Make sure to follow all the cautions and warnings in the programming procedure in this manual for the device being programmed. 4. Connect the Xilinx JTAG programmer leads to the device according to the connection chart and pinout diagram given in the programming procedure in this manual for the device being programmed. 5. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the appropriate port on the PC. On the USB adapter, the indicator LED should illuminate yellow to indicate USB power is applied. 6. Apply power to the gantry. On the USB adapter the indicator LED should illuminate green to indicate power from the device is applied. 7. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. .

8. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears (see Figure 8). Click Cancel.

Figure 8: Project Selection Box

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

33

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

9. With version Xilinx 6.2 software an “Operation Mode Selection” box shown in Figure 9 appears, click Cancel.

Figure 9: Operation Mode Selection

10. You will see The iMPACT Configuration Mode window shown in Figure 10.

Figure 10: iMPACT Configuration Mode Window 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

34

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

11. If you are using a JTAG cable connected to a USB port on the laptop, you’ll have to set the communication speed to 750 KHz even though the speed may have been set previously. The speed will automatically default to 6MHz each time a new connection is made and must be reset to 750KHz. To set the communication speed to 750 KHz: a. Click on Output from the top Menu bar (or right-click in the white window area), and choose Cable Setup from the dropdown menu.

Figure 11: Output Selection Menu

b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog shown in Figure 12: •

For Communication Mode, select Platform Cable USB.

•

For TCK Speed/Baud Rate, choose Select Speed.

•

For Cable Location, select Local.

•

For Port, select the USB port used on your laptop.

c. Click OK.

Figure 12: Cable Communication Setup Menu

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

35

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

d. For TCK Speed/Baud Rate, now select 750 KHz (see Figure 13). e. Click OK. You should see the message “Cable Connection Established” in the lower pane of the iMPACT window.

Figure 13: TCK Speed/Baud Rate 750 KHz

Cable Communication Selected 12. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu as shown in Figure 14. NOTE The software will then set up communication with the board and detect the Xilinx devices. The message “Communication Failed” will appear in the lower message pane if communication cannot be established. If communication fails, make the following checks: •

Check the cable connections, and the port assignment.

•

On USB cables, check the status of the USB port in the Windows System Device Manager. If the USB device it has an exclamation point next to it, try reloading the driver from the CD that came with the JTAG kit.

•

Also, make sure you’re using the correct driver for the USB cable according to FCO ##. Note that the USB cable requires version 7.1i software. It will not function with 6.2 software.

Figure 14: iMPACT Configuration Mode

Window with Right-Click Pop-Up Menu

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

36

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

13. You will see a message indicating the correct number of devices detected (see Figure 15). Click OK. NOTE If you do not get a message indicating that the correct number of devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. Figure 15: Devices Detected Box

14. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window (see Figure 16). 15. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open (see Figure 16). 16. Navigate to the folder listed in the specific procedure for the board, and select the correct configuration file for that device. Click the Open button. NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

37

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming

Figure 16: iMPACT Window Showing Devices Detected and Assign New Configuration File Window

17. The next device will turn green, and the Assign New Configuration File box for that device will appear. 18. Select the correct configuration file for that device, and click the Open button. Continue this process to assign a configuration file for each device.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

38

JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

NOTE If a device does not have a configuration file, click the Bypass button on the Assign New Configuration File box for that device. If you make a mistake, finish the chain, then, if needed you can go back and right-click in the device and select Assign Configuration File from the pop-up menu as shown in Figure 17.

Figure 17: Pop-Up Menu

19. Now go back to the first device and right-click on the device outline. Select Program from the pop-up menu. 20. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify check boxes (see Figure 18). 21. Click OK. 22. Wait for the “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 23. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 24. Power down the gantry by pressing the blue button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 25. Remove the Xilinx programming cable. 26. Power ON the gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 27. Return the system to normal and test. Figure 18:

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

39

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power This section covers the following procedures:

NOTE

•

RCOM16 JTAG Procedure - Brilliance 6/10/16/16 Power on page 41

•

Brilliance 6/10/16/16P (air) DMC16 Programming from Host PC on page 52

•

Brilliance 6/10/16/16P (air) DMC16 Programming via Direct JTAG Connection on page 60

•

DMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 03031 - Brilliance 6/10/16/16P on page 63

•

DMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 03032 - Brilliance 6/10/16/16P on page 65 All figures with firmware file names in this manual are for example only. For the correct firmware versions, refer to the correct version of software installation manual for the system.

! CAUTION

Follow all guidelines for ESD Anti-static protection before performing any service procedure.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

40

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

RCOM16 JTAG Procedure - Brilliance 6/10/16/16 Power There are three different RCOM16 assemblies that you may encounter: •

4550 120 03331 Rev H1

•

4550 120 03331 Rev I

•

4550 120 03331 Rev I1 / 4550 120 03332 Rev C (or higher)

There is an RCOM Assy sticker on the RCOM that details part number and revision.

There are two JTAG chains for programming on the RCOM board: four Xilinx PROM devices and two Altera PROM devices. The following instructions will indicate the proper procedure according to assembly revision. NOTE

This procedure must be followed to program the devices on the RCOM16 assembly. These steps must be carefully followed to prevent damage to components and/or the JTAG/Altera programmer cable.

Equipment requirements •

P.C. running Microsoft WIN2K or Windows XP operating system.

•

Available port for the type of adapter cable being used (either parallel or USB).

• •

Xilinx JTAG programmer kit (Xilinx Webpack CPLD programmer Ver 6.1 or later) See “Installing the Xilinx Download Utility on the FSE Laptop” on page 18. Altera parallel programmer kit (453567062291).

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

41

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

! WARNING

The RCOM16 must be on-board programmed by qualified personnel using the JTAG programmer cable connected to P38, and the Altera programmer cable connected to P42 on the RCOM board.

Programming Procedure for RCOM16 Assy 4550 120 03331 Rev H1, I, and I1 Altera Devices 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Verify all LEDs are out on the RCOM. 3. Disable the Rotor Brake, and rotate the Rotor clockwise so that the RCOM is at the 12 o’ clock position. 4. Install the Altera JTAG cable connector with the red stripe towards pin 1. For assy 455012003331 Rev H1 and Rev I follow step a. For Rev I1, follow step b: a. For assy 455012003331 Rev H1 and Rev I, attach the Altera JTAG cable connector to P42:

P42 Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TCK

2

GND

3

TDO

4

VCC (VREF)

5

TMS

6

NC

7

NC

8

NC

9

TDI

10

GND

1

2

9

10

P42

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

42

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

b. For assy 4550 120 03331 Rev I1, attach the Altera JTAG cable connector to P38:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TCK

2

GND

3

TDO

4

VCC (VREF)

5

TMS

6

NC

7

NC

8

NC

9

TDI

10

GND

10

9

2

1

P38

5. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the printer port on the PC. 6. Power ON the gantry. 7. Launch the Altera JTAG programming software application. 8. From the menu bar, click on Processing > Auto Detect.

Figure 19:

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

43

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

9. The program will detect the two devices. Right-click on the first device, and select Change File from the menu.

Figure 20:

10. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\RCOM16\Altera folder and select the B051D025V025.pof file. 11. Right-click on the second device, and select Change File from the menu. 12. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\RCOM16 folder and select the B051D25BV025.pof file. 13. Click the Program/Configure and Verify boxes for both devices (see Figure 21).

Figure 21:

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

44

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

14. From the menu bar select Processing > Start Programming. 15. When completed successfully, the information box at the bottom will show a message stating, “Info: Successfully performed operation(s).”

16. Power off the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 17. Verify all LEDs are out on the RCOM board. 18. Remove JTAG programmer connector.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

45

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Programming Procedures for RCOM16 Xilinx Devices For the Xilinx Devices, there are two different procedures for the according to the RCOM Assembly Revision. The procedure for Rev H1 and Rev I starts below. The procedure for Rev I1 / 4550 120 03332 Rev C (or higher) starts on 49. See the section General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop on page 33 in the overview section of this manual for more details on the JTAG programming procedure.

Procedure for 4550 120 03331 Rev H1 and Rev I 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Verify all LEDs are out on the RCOM. 3. Install the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to P38 according to Figure 23, and connect the other end to the laptop PC. Figure 22:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TCK

2

GND

3

TDO

4

VCC (VREF)

5

TMS

6

NC

7

NC

8

NC

9

TDI

10

GND

10

9

2

1

P38

Figure 23: JTAG Connections to P38 on RCOM 4550

120 03331 Rev H1 and Rev I

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

46

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

4. Power ON the gantry. 5. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 10. You will see a message stating “4 devices detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 4 devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

47

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

11. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window (see Figure 24).

Figure 24: RCOM 16 Xilinx Devices and File Selection Box

12. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open as shown in Figure 24. 13. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\RCOM16\Xilinx folder and select the appropriate firmware file. Then click Open. NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 6/10/16/16 Power System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 14. The second device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 15. Repeat Step 13 on page 48 to assign configuration files to the rest of the devices. 16. Right-click on the first device, and select Program... from the drop-down menu. 17. In the Program Options Box, verify that both the Erase Before Programming and Verify selection boxes are checked and then click OK. When the programming successfully completes, a blue-bordered message will appear stating “Programming Successful”. 18. Repeat Step 16 on page 48 and Step 17 on page 48, right-clicking on each succeeding device to program the rest of the devices. 19. Close the Xilinx program, then power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 20. Verify all LEDs are out on the RCOM board, then remove the JTAG programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

48

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Procedure for 4550 120 03331 Rev I1 / 4550 120 03332 Rev C (or higher) 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Connect the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to P38 according to Figure 26. Figure 25:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TCK

2

GND

3

TDO

4

VCC (VREF)

5

TMS

6

NC

7

NC

8

NC

9

TDI

10

GND

10

9

2

1

P38

Figure 26: JTAG Connections to P38 on RCOM

455012003331 Rev I1

3. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the laptop PC. 4. Power ON the gantry. 5. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

49

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the drop-down menu. 10. You will see a message stating “6 devices detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 6 devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 11. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window (see Figure 27).

Figure 27: iMPACT Configuration Mode Window Showing Devices for RCOM

455012003331 Rev I1

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

50

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

12. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 13. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\RCOM16\Xilinx folder and select the appropriate firmware file. Then click Open. NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 6/10/16/16 Power System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 14. The second device in the chain will turn green, and the Assign New Configuration File box will open. 15. Repeat Step 13 on page 51 to assign configuration files to the rest of the devices. 16. Right-click on the first device, and select Program... from the drop-down menu. 17. In the Program Options Box, verify that both the Erase Before Programming and Verify selection boxes are checked and then click OK. When the programming successfully completes, a blue-bordered message will appear stating “Programming Successful”. 18. Repeat Step 16 on page 51 and Step 17 on page 51, right-clicking on each succeeding device to program the rest of the devices. 19. Close the Xilinx program. 20. Power off the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 21. Verify all LEDs are out on the RCOM board. 22. Remove the JTAG programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

51

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

Brilliance 6/10/16/16P (air) DMC16 Programming from Host PC TIP

When you turn on power to the Gantry after you replace the DMC16, power to the DMS may shutdown. The power will return automatically to the DMS after you open Controller Utilities and put the boards in Service mode.

NOTE

This procedure is for a Brilliance 6/10/16/16P (air) running version 2.2.x or later software. You cannot program the DMC16 from the host with software versions earlier than 2.2.

NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this procedure are for example only. For the correct firmware versions, refer to the applicable software installation manual. 1. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 2. Turn the Key Switch on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. In the left pane select Diagnostic Tools > Controller Utilities (see Figure 28).

Figure 28: Selecting Controller Utilities

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

52

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

6. In the Connect As selection box (see Figure 29) select Field Service Engineer. 7. Click Connect. 8. Click Can access to Controller (if this button appears). 9. Click Service Mode.

Figure 29: Service Mode Connection

10. Click Connect to controller.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

53

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

11. Click DMC. NOTE

The Boot flash version may be different according to your installed software.

12. Click Toolbox

13. Click Utilities.

14. Click JTAG.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

54

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

15. Make sure the DMC16, RCOM/DPU, and APDMs items are set to: •

DMC16: enabled

•

RCOM/DPU: disabled

•

APDMs: disabled

If they are not, click on the item to change the setting.

16. Click XSVF file: .....\JTAG.xsvf.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

55

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

17. The Open window appears. 18. Browse to c:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\DMC16\XSVF. NOTE

For Brilliance 2.3.0.xxxx software releases, the directory path is ...\GantryFW_Brilliance16 - V2.3.0\DMC16\XSVF. 19. Select the XSVF file, and click Open.

20. The XSVF file....\JTAG.xsvf button now shows the file name. Click Execute.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

56

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

21. The DMC16 programming starts. When the programming is complete the “A power cycle is required if baseboard devices have been programmed” message appears in the User Feedback window.

22. Click Exit.

23. Return the system to the Application mode: a. Click Quit.

b. Click Continue.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

57

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

c. Click Return.

d. Click Return.

e. Click Return.

f. Click the Return.

g. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

58

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

24. When the process has completed, click on the Exit button. 25. Close Service Tools. 26. Proceed to DMC16 JTAG Programming Verification on page 59 on the next page.

DMC16 JTAG Programming Verification 1. Power off the Gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Wait for a minute and turn the Gantry on. 3. Start the scanner application program. 4. When the Close E-stop prompt appears, turn the key switch on the CT control box to close E-stop. 5. Double-click on the Service Tools icon on the Windows desktop to open Service Tools. 6. Select General Tools > CPM Software Versions (see Figure 30). 7. Scroll to the DMC section of the list and look at row HW5. 8. Verify that the entry in row HW5 of the column titled Software Installed in this System is DSC FPGA 16. NOTE The DSC FPGA version may differ and should be the same as the DSC FPGA version in the right column. NOTE

Figure 30: Selecting CPM Software Version from

Service Tools

In case of failure, repeat the entire procedure Brilliance 6/10/16/16P (air) DMC16 Programming from Host PC on page 52, or to program the DMC over a direct connection according to the section Brilliance 6/10/ 16/16P (air) DMC16 Programming via Direct JTAG Connection on page 60. 9. Close Service Tools. 10. Perform a few scans including surview, axial, and helical scans to verify that the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

59

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Brilliance 6/10/16/16P (air) DMC16 Programming via Direct JTAG Connection Xilinx Devices 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Connect the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to P27 as shown in Figure 32. 3. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the laptop PC. 4. Power ON the gantry. 5. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. Figure 31:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

NC

10

GND

P27

Pin 1

Figure 32: JTAG Connections to P27 on DMC P/N 4550 120 03022

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

60

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the drop-down menu. 10. You will see a message stating “6 devices detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 6 devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 11. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window. 12. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 13. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\DMC16 folder and select the appropriate firmware file. Then click Open.

NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 6/10/16/16 Power System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 14. The second device in the chain will turn green, and the Assign New Configuration File box will open. 15. Press the key on the keyboard (no file is to be assigned to this device). 16. When the Unknown Device File Query window appears, click Yes. 17. The third device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. Press the key on the keyboard (no file is to be assigned to this device). 18. When the Unknown Device File Query window appears, click Yes. 19. The fourth device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\DMC16 folder. 20. Select the appropriate firmware file and click Open. 21. The fifth device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. Press the key on the keyboard (no file is to be assigned to this device).

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

61

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

22. When the Unknown Device File Query window appears, click Yes. 23. The sixth device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. Press the key on the keyboard (no file is to be assigned to this device). 24. When the Unknown Device File Query window appears, click Yes. 25. Right-click on the first device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 26. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 27. Wait for “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 28. Right-click on the fourth device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 29. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 30. Wait for “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 31. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window), then Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 32. Remove the Xilinx programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

62

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 03031 - Brilliance 6/10/16/16P Xilinx Devices 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Connect the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to P33 as shown in Figure 34. 3. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the printer port on the PC. 4. Power ON the gantry. 5. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. PIN 1 Figure 33:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

NC

10

GND

9

1

10

2 P33

DMP SHOWN AT 12 O’CLOCK POSITION Figure 34: JTAG Connections to P33 on DMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 03031

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

63

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the drop-down menu. 10. You will see a message stating “1 device detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 1 device was detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 11. The device will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window, turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 12. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\DMP16\PN455012003031 folder, and select the appropriate firmware file

NOTE

For the correct file, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 6/10/16/16 Power System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 13. Then click Open. 14. Right-click on the device outline, and select Program from the popup menu.

NOTE

When the DMP is set to program, it will turn its power supplies off and the DMS power supply indicators will go off. 15. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 16. Wait for “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 17. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 18. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 19. Remove the Xilinx programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

64

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 03032 - Brilliance 6/10/16/16P Xilinx Devices 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Connect the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to P33 as shown in Figure 36. 3. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the printer port on the PC. 4. Power ON the gantry. 5. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. PIN 1

Figure 35:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

NC

10

GND

9

1

10

2 P33

DMP SHOWN AT 12 O’CLOCK POSITION Figure 36: JTAG Connections to P33 on DMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 03032 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

65

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power

8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the drop-down menu. 10. You will see a message stating “1 device detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 1 device was detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 11. The device will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window, turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 12. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\DMP16\PN455012003032 (Global PN 1.2aL and later) folder, and select the appropriate firmware file

NOTE

For the correct file, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 6/10/16/16 Power System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 13. Then click Open. 14. Right-click on the device outline, and select Program from the popup menu.

NOTE

When the DMP is set to program, it will turn its power supplies off and the DMS power supply indicators will go off. 15. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 16. Wait for “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 17. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 18. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 19. Remove the Xilinx programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

66

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore Starting with Brilliance 2.2.x software, you can program the RCOM and DMC from the Host PC. You can also program the RCOM, DMC, and CDMP with a direct connection from your laptop. •

Big Bore RCOM JTAG Programming from Host PC on page 68 This procedure enables you to program the RCOM from the Host PC, without removing the Gantry and DMS covers. This method requires using Controller Utilities and a boot flash version of 2.1 or higher. The revision of Brilliance software on the system determines which components you can JTAG from the Host. The duration of this procedure depends on the CAN BUS communication speed and the number of devices to be programmed.

•

Big Bore DMC16 JTAG Programming from Host PC on page 78 This procedure enables you to program the from the Host PC, without removing the Gantry and DMS covers. This method requires using Controller Utilities and a boot flash version of 2.1 or higher. The revision of Brilliance software on the system determines which components you can JTAG from the Host. The duration of this procedure depends on the CAN BUS communication speed and the number of devices to be programmed.

•

RCOM/DMC/CDMP Programming via Direct RCOM JTAG Connection on page 86 This method requires you to open the Gantry and DMS covers. In addition, in order to recognize the device chains, the cable between P22 on the DMC16 to P9 on the RCOM must be disconnected before programming.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

67

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

Big Bore RCOM JTAG Programming from Host PC NOTE

This procedure is for a Big Bore running version 2.2.x or later software. The Big Bore RCOM cannot be programmed from the host with software versions earlier than 2.2.x. The cable between the RCOM and DMC16 should already be installed; however, it is a good idea to make sure the cable is installed since the RCOM programming from the host will not work without it. If the cable is not installed, see Appendix A: Connect Programming Cable Between RCOM and DMC16 on page 328.

NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this procedure are for example only. For the correct firmware versions, refer to the applicable software installation manual. Perform flash programming of the RCOM as follows: 1. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 2. Push and release the E-Stop button on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. In the left pane select Diagnostic Tools > Controller Utilities (see Figure 37).

Figure 37: Selecting Controller Utilities

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

68

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

6. In the Connect As selection box (see Figure 38) select Field Service Engineer. 7. Click Connect. 8. Click Can access to Controller (if this button appears). 9. Click Service Mode.

Figure 38: Service Mode Connection

10. Click Utilities.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

69

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

11. Check the DMC Boot flash and RAM downloader check boxes. The release number will depend on the version of boot flash in the software on your system.

12. Scroll down to the bottom of the list and click on Submit. 13. Check the File Configuration check box, and click Submit.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

70

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

14. Click JTAG programmer.

15. Click DMC.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

71

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

16. The selection menu will appear as shown on the graphic below (for 2.2 SW). Click on the selection buttons to toggle them to ENABLED or DISABLED as listed below. a. DMC16: DISABLED b. RCOM/DPU: ENABLED c. APDMs: DISABLED

17. Click on the top button Filename:...\JTAG.xsvf to select the file for flashing. A file selection window will open. 18. Navigate to directory:c:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\DMS\Rcom7100\XSVF. NOTE

For Brilliance 2.3.0.xxxx software releases, the firmware directory is titled GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore V2.3.0. 19. Select the file Accolade_RCOM_Version_xxx.xsvf and click Open.

NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance Big Bore System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

72

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

20. Click Return on each of the next 3 succeeding screens that appear. The menu shown in Figure 39 will appear. 21. Check the DMC in RAM and JTAG programmer check boxes (see Figure 39). The release version will depend on the software version. 22. Click Submit at the bottom of the list. NOTE

The RCOM FPGA upgrade takes about 30 minutes.

In the User Feedback pane of the Controller Utilities window, you can view flash programming procedure progress. Do not abort the programming sequence before the process is complete. NOTE The User Feedback information can freeze for a few seconds during normal operation. If the flash programming procedure stops before completion, reboot the Gantry and start again.

Figure 39: DMC in RAM and JTAG Programmer

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

73

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

23. When activity appears to stop, verify that the process has completed by scrolling up slightly in the User Feedback pane and look for the message DMC: SUCCESS - Completed XSVF execution.

24. When the process has completed successfully, click to select the Return radial button, then click the Submit button. 25. Click the Return button.

26. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

27. When the process has completed, click on the Exit button. 28. Close Service Tools. 29. Proceed to the following RCOM JTAG Programming Verification procedure on the next page.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

74

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

RCOM JTAG Programming Verification 1. Power off the Gantry by pressing the blue gantry power button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Wait for a minute and press the blue button to turn the Gantry power on again. 3. Start the scanner application program. NOTE

Wait at least two minutes after the Close E-Stop prompt appears. 4. When the Close E-stop prompt appears, wait 2 minutes then momentarily turn the key switch on the CT control box to the start position to enable the E-stop. 5. If the Windows taskbar is not displayed: a. Click on the upper blue bar of the application window. b. Simultaneously press the Shift-Ctrl-Alt-T keys. 6. Right-click on the Windows Start button and select Explorer from the popup menu. 7. Navigate to folder C:\Program Files\Rcom_utility 8. Double-click on Rcom Utility.exe. The RCOM Utility firmware selector dialog box shown in Figure 40 will open.

Figure 40: RCOM Utility Firmware Version Selection

9. Click on the Nominal radial button to select it. 10. Click OK.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

75

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

11. The RCOM Utility opens to the Read/Write tab as default (see Figure 41). 12. In the Address column of the RCOM Utility Read/Write Tab (see Figure 41), enter the address values listed in Table 1. Table 1:

Address

Big Bore (SW Ver. 2.2)

1000

C450

2000

FFFF

3000

FFFF

4000

34

5000

34

6000

34

7000

34

8000

FFFF

9000

FFFF

Figure 41: RCOM Read/Write Tab Selections

13. Click on each of the Read selection boxes of the values entered so that a check mark is displayed in each box as shown in Figure 41. 14. Click on the Read All Selected button.The version numbers should appear in the Data column boxes. 15. Make sure that the version numbers in the data boxes correspond to those listed in Table 1 for your version of software. NOTE

For data for software versions higher than 2.2, refer to the Software Installation Manual for your version of software.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

76

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

NOTE

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

In case of failure, repeat the entire procedure “Big Bore RCOM JTAG Programming from Host PC” on page 68, or to program the RCOM over a direct connection according to the section RCOM/DMC/CDMP Programming via Direct RCOM JTAG Connection on page 86. 16. Close the application by clicking File at the left of the upper menu bar and selecting Exit from the drop-down menu. 17. Perform a few scans including surview, axial, and helical scans to ensure that the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

77

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

Big Bore DMC16 JTAG Programming from Host PC TIP

When you turn on power to the Gantry after you replace the DMC16, power to the DMS may shutdown. The power will return automatically to the DMS after you open Controller Utilities and put the boards in Service mode.

NOTE

This procedure is for a Big Bore running version 2.2.x or later software. The Big Bore DMC16 cannot be programmed from the host with software versions earlier than 2.2.

NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this procedure are for example only. For the correct firmware versions, refer to the applicable software installation manual. 1. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 2. Turn the Key Switch on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. In the left pane select Diagnostic Tools > Controller Utilities (see Figure 42).

Figure 42: Selecting Controller Utilities

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

78

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

6. In the Connect As selection box (see Figure 38) select Field Service Engineer. 7. Click Connect. 8. Click Can access to Controller (if this button appears). 9. Click Service Mode.

Figure 43: Service Mode Connection

10. Click Connect to controller.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

79

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

11. Click DMC. NOTE

The Boot flash version may be different according to your installed software.

12. Click Toolbox

13. Click Utilities.

14. Click JTAG.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

80

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

15. Make sure the DMC16, RCOM/DPU, and APDMs items are set to: •

DMC16: enabled

•

RCOM/DPU: disabled

•

APDMs: disabled

If they are not, click on the item to change the setting.

16. Click XSVF file: .....\JTAG.xsvf.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

81

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

17. The Open window appears. 18. Browse to directory:c:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\DMS\DMC_16\XSVF. NOTE

For Brilliance 2.3.0.xxxx software releases, the firmware directory is titled GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore V2.3.0. 19. Select the XSVF file and click Open.

20. The XSVF file....\JTAG.xsvf button now shows the file name. Click Execute.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

82

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

21. The DMC16 programming starts. When the programming is complete the “A power cycle is required if baseboard devices have been programmed” message appears in the User Feedback window.

22. Click Exit.

23. Return the system to the Application mode: a. Click Quit.

b. Click Continue.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

83

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

c. Click Return.

d. Click Return.

e. Click Return.

f. Click the Return.

g. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

84

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

24. When the process has completed, click on the Exit button. 25. Close Service Tools. 26. Proceed to DMC16 JTAG Programming Verification on page 85.

DMC16 JTAG Programming Verification 1. Power off the Gantry using the blue gantry power button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Wait for a minute and turn the Gantry on again with the blue gantry power button. 3. Start the scanner application program. NOTE Wait at least two minutes after the Close E-Stop prompt appears. 4. When the Close E-stop prompt appears, wait 2 minutes then momentarily turn the key switch on the CT control box to close E-stop. 5. Double-click on the Service Tools icon on the Windows desktop to open Service Tools. 6. Select General Tools > CPM Software Versions (see Figure 44). 7. Scroll to the DMC section of the list and look at row HW5. 8. Verify that the entry in row HW5 of the column titled Software Installed in this System is DSC FPGA 16. NOTE In case of failure, repeat the entire procedure DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore on page 67, or to program the DMC over a direct connection according to Big Bore DMC16 Xilinx JTAG Programming (P/N 4550 120 03022) on page 90.

Figure 44: Selecting CPM Software

Version from Service Tools

9. Close Service Tools. 10. Perform a few scans including surview, axial, and helical scans to ensure that the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

85

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

RCOM/DMC/CDMP Programming via Direct RCOM JTAG Connection This section covers the following procedures:

NOTE

•

RCOM7100 for Big Bore (p/n 4550 120 04154) on page 87

•

Big Bore DMC16 Xilinx JTAG Programming (P/N 4550 120 03022) on page 90

•

Big Bore CDMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 04232 Programming on page 93 All figures with firmware file names in this manual are for example only. For the correct firmware versions, refer to the correct version of software installation manual for the system.

! CAUTION

Follow all guidelines for ESD Anti-static protection before performing any service procedure.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

86

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

RCOM7100 for Big Bore (p/n 4550 120 04154) The JTAG chain for programming on the RCOM board consists of 10 Xilinx PROM devices. NOTE

This procedure must be followed to program the devices on the RCOM7100 assembly. These steps must be carefully followed to prevent damage to components and/or the JTAG programmer cable.

Equipment requirements: •

P.C. running Microsoft WIN2K or Windows XP operating system.

•

Xilinx JTAG programmer kit (Xilinx Webpack CPLD programmer Ver 6.1 or later) See “Installing the Xilinx Download Utility on the FSE Laptop” on page 18.

! CAUTION

The RCOM7100 must be on-board programmed by qualified personnel using the JTAG programmer cable connected to P7on the RCOM board.

Procedure NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this manual are for example only. For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

NOTE

Refer to the “General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop” on page 33 in the Overview section for more details on JTAG programming. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down ). 2. Verify all LEDs are out on the RCOM.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

87

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

3. Connect the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to P7 (see Figure 45) as listed in Table 1 on page 88. Table 1: JTAG Connections to P7

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

NC

3

TMS

4

VCC (VREF)

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

GND

10

GND

4. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the printer port on the PC.

9 7

5 3 1

P7 10 8

6 4 2

Figure 45: RCOM 7100 JTAG Connector P7

5. Power ON the gantry by pressing the blue button. 6. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 7. For Xilinx version 7.1i software when the Project Selection box is displayed, click Cancel. 8. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 9. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

88

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

10. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the drop-down menu. 11. You will see a message stating “10 devices detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 10 devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 12. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window. 13. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 14. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\DMS\RCOM7100\MCS folder, where XX is:

NOTE

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.3.x software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.4.7 software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore_2.4.7\ For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance Big Bore System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

15. Repeat Step 14 for devices 2 through 10. 16. Hold down the key, and click on all ten devices to select them. 17. On the Menu bar, click Operations, and select Program... from the menu. In the resulting window, verify that both the Erase Before Programming, and Verify check boxes are selected and then click OK. When the programming successfully completes, a blue-bordered message will appear stating “Programming Successful”. 18. Close the Xilinx program. 19. Power down the gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. Verify all LEDs are out on the RCOM. 20. Remove JTAG programmer connector. 21. Verify the RCOM programming according to “RCOM JTAG Programming Verification” on page 75.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

89

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Big Bore DMC16 Xilinx JTAG Programming (P/N 4550 120 03022) See the section General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop on page 33 in the overview section of this manual for more details on the JTAG programming procedure. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Connect the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to P27 (see Figure 46) according to Table 2. 3. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the laptop PC. Table 2:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

NC

10

GND

P27

Pin 1 Figure 46: JTAG Connector P27 on DMC16 P/N 4550 120 03022

4. Power ON the gantry. 5. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

90

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the drop-down menu. 10. You will see a message stating “6 devices detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 6 devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 11. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window. 12. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 13. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceXX\DMS\DMC16\MCS folder, where XX is:

NOTE

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.3.x software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.4.7 software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore_2.4.7\ For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance Big Bore System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

14. Select the appropriate firmware file, then click Open 15. The second device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. Press the key on the keyboard. 16. When the Unknown Device File Query window appears, click Yes. 17. The third device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration Box File will open. Press the key on the keyboard. 18. When the Unknown Device File Query window appears, click Yes. 19. The fourth device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 20. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\DMS\DMC16\MCS folder, and select the appropriate firmware file. Then click Open. 21. The fifth device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. Press the key on the keyboard. 22. When the Unknown Device File Query window appears, click Yes. 23. The sixth device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File Box will open. Press the key on the keyboard. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

91

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

24. When the Unknown Device File Query window appears, click Yes. 25. Right-click on the first device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 26. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 27. Wait for “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 28. Right-click on the fourth device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 29. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 30. Wait for “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 31. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 32. Power down the gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 33. Remove the Xilinx programming cable. 34. Wait at least 1 minute after powering down the gantry, then power up the gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

92

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

Big Bore CDMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 04232 Programming This section describes the programming procedure for the Big Bore CDMP Assembly P/N 4550 120 04232 (see Figure 47). 1. Turn gantry power OFF by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Open the gantry front cover. If needed, refer to the procedure in the Big Bore Repair and Replacement Manual. 3. Release the rotor drive motor brake and rotate the rotor clockwise so that the CDMP is at a convenient position for connecting the JTAG cable (the 2 o’clock position shown in Figure 47 works well). 4. Re-apply the motor brake. .

CDMP

Figure 47: Big Bore CDMP at 2 O’clock Position

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

93

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

5. Locate the P33 JTAG connector on the front panel of the CDMP assembly (see Figure 48).

P33 2 4 6 8 10

6. Connect the JTAG cable leads to P33 according to Table 3. 7. Connect the JTAG adapter to the laptop PC.

1 3 5 7 9

8. Switch ON gantry power by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button

Figure 48: CDMP JTAG Connector P33 Figure 3

Table 3:

P33 Connector Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI/DIN

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS/PROG

5

TCK/CCLK

7

TDO/D/P

10

GND

9. Launch the Xilinx application. 10. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 11. When the Operation Mode Selection box opens, click Cancel.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

94

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

12. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 13. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 14. You will see a message stating “2 devices detected”. Click OK. 15. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window as shown in Figure 49.

Figure 49: Devices Displayed in iMPACT Configuration Window and Device Pop-Up Menu 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

95

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance Big Bore

16. The first device will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File window will open. 17. Navigate to the folder C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceXX\DMS\CDMP, where XX is:

NOTE

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.3.x software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.4.7 software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore_2.4.7\ For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance Big Bore System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

18. Select the appropriate firmware file, then click Open 19. An Assign New Configuration File box will open for the next device. Click Cancel, since you will only program device #1. 20. Right-click on Device #1, and select Program from the pop-up menu (see Figure 49). 21. When the Program Options window opens, check the boxes to select Erase Before Programming and Verify and then click OK. 22. The Operation Status window appears. Wait for the “Programming Succeeded” message to appear. The programming takes approximately 15 minutes.

Final Steps 1. Select File from the main menu and click on Exit to exit the iMPACT application. 2. Switch power to the Gantry OFF by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button on the ACCU unit (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 3. Remove the Xilinx JTAG Programming cable. 4. Close the Gantry front cover. 5. Wait at least one minute after powering down the gantry and turn gantry power ON by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 6. Install the Gantry left upper side cover. 7. Perform a few scans in different modes to verify that the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

96

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64 There are three methods of programming RCOM/DPU FPGAs’ PROMs: 1. RCOM/DPUs/DMC/APDM JTAG from Host PC on page 99 This procedure enables you to program the RCOM, DPUs, DMC, and APDMs from the Host PC, without removing the Gantry and DMS covers. This method requires using Controller Utilities and a boot flash version of 2.1 or higher. The revision of Brilliance software on the system determines which components you can JTAG from the Host. The duration of this procedure depends on the CAN BUS communication speed and the number of devices to be programmed. NOTE

If your system is already upgraded to software V 1.2.3 or above, the programming cable is already connected between the RCOM and DMC16 in the system. If your system does not have this cable, see Appendix A: Connect Programming Cable Between RCOM and DMC16 on page 328. 2. RCOM/DPU Programming Procedure via DMC16 on page 151 This method enables you to perform the procedure without removing the DMS cover. Not removing the DMS cover helps to avoid damaging hardware modules. This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes for full RCOM, DPU1, and DPU4 device programming. 3. RCOM/DPU/CDMP/DMC16 Programming via Direct JTAG Connection on page 159 Use this method when replacing any of the boards (RCOM, DPU1, DPU4). This method requires you to open the Gantry and DMS covers. In addition, in order to recognize the device chains, the cable between P22 on the DMC16 to P9 on the RCOM must be disconnected before programming. This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes for full RCOM, DPU1, and DPU4 device programming. For programming methods 2 and 3, refer to the following procedures for programming setup: •

For Brilliance 64 with 2.3.x or later software, see Loading FPGA Files from Firmware CD to Laptop PC on page 18.

•

For all other versions of Brilliance 40 and 64 systems (that have firmware on the Host software DVD and do not have a separate firmware CD), see Downloading FPGA Files from a DVD to the Laptop on page 31.

•

Installing the Xilinx Download Utility on the FSE Laptop on page 18.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

97

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

JTAG Programming Chain While using the JTAG Xilinx software, the 24 device chains are displayed; however, the program does not indicate which devices in the chain belong to which board. Refer to the diagram in Figure 50 as a reference for identifying the specific device chains for each board, and their physical location. Note that the switches are connected or disconnected according to whether your are programming via RCOM directly (P7) or via the DMC16 (P9).

Figure 50: 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

98

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

RCOM/DPUs/DMC/APDM JTAG from Host PC NOTE

If your system is already upgraded to software V 1.2.3 or above, the programming cable is already connected between the RCOM and DMC16 in the system. If your system does not have this cable, see Appendix A: Connect Programming Cable Between RCOM and DMC16 on page 328. Depending on your system and software revision, choose the appropriate procedure: •

RCOM/DPU Programming for BR40 versions 2.0 - 2.3.x, and BR 64 versions 2.0 - 2.2.x on page 100

•

RCOM/DPU/DMC/APDM Programming for Brilliance 64 with 2.3.x or later software on page 109

•

RCOM/DPUs Programming (V1.2.3 - BR 40 only) on page 145 (not recommended for full RCOM/DPU or RCOM programming as they are time-consuming procedures)

! CAUTION

Follow all guidelines for ESD Anti-static protection before performing any service procedure in the DMS.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

99

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

RCOM/DPU Programming for BR40 versions 2.0 - 2.3.x, and BR 64 versions 2.0 - 2.2.x NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this procedure are for example only. For the correct firmware versions, refer to the applicable software installation manual.

NOTE

If programming of the RCOM via the host fails or if errors occur during the procedure, loosen the DMS cover screws, pull the DMS cover slightly out of it’s place and repeat the entire procedure. Perform flash programming of the RCOM as follows: 1. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 2. Push and release the E-Stop button on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. In the left pane select Diagnostic Tools > Controller Utilities (see Figure 51).

Figure 51: Selecting Controller Utilities 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

100

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

6. The Controller Utilities window will appear (see Figure 52). 7. In the Connect As selection box (see Figure 52) select Field Service Engineer. 8. Click Connect. 9. Click Can access to Controller (if this button appears). 10. Click Service Mode.

Figure 52: Service Mode Connection

11. Click Connect to Utilities.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

101

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

12. Check the DMC Boot flash and RAM downloader check boxes. The release number will depend on the version of boot flash. Release 2.5 is in version 2.2 software. 13. Scroll down to the bottom of the list and click on Submit.

14. Check the File Configuration check box and click Submit.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

102

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

15. Click JTAG programmer.

16. Click DMC.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

103

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

17. The selection menu will appear. Figure 53 shows the menu for Brilliance 2.0 and 2.0.2 software, and Figure 54 shows the menu for Brilliance 2.2.x or later software. Click on the selection buttons to toggle them to ENABLED or DISABLED as listed below. •

DMC: DISABLED

•

RCOM (RCOM/DPU): ENABLED

•

APDMC on RCOM: NO

•

APDMC: DISABLED

Figure 53: Selection Menu For Brilliance 2.0 and 2.0.2

Figure 54: Selection Menu for Brilliance 2.2.x or later

software

software

18. Click on the top button Filename:...\JTAG.xsvf to select the file for flashing. A file selection window will open

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

104

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

19. Navigate to RCOM directory:c:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceXX\RcomXX\XSVF, where XX is either 40 or 64.

NOTE

•

For Brilliance 40 systems select the file Applause_DMS_Version_xxx.xsvf and click Open.

•

For Brilliance 64 systems select the file Orion_DMS_Version_xxx.xsvf and click Open.

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

105

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

20. Click Return on each of the next 3 succeeding screens that appear. The menu shown in Figure 55 will appear. 21. Select the DMC in RAM and JTAG programmer check boxes (see Figure 55). The release version will depend on the software version but is not the same. 22. Click Submit at the bottom of the list. NOTE

The RCOM FPGA upgrade takes about 30 minutes.

In the User Feedback pane of the Controller Utilities window you can view flash programming procedure progress. Do not abort the programming sequence before the process is complete. NOTE The User Feedback information can freeze for a few seconds during normal operation. If the flash programming procedure stops before completion, reboot the Gantry and start again.

Figure 55: DMC in RAM and JTAG Programmer

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

106

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

23. When activity appears to stop, verify that the process has completed by scrolling up in the User Feedback pane and looking for the message DMC: SUCCESS - Completed XSVF execution.

24. When the process has completed successfully, click the Return radial button (see Figure 55). 25. Click the Submit button. 26. Click the Return button.

27. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

107

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

28. When the process has completes, the Ordinary Text window will display Supreme Controller mode: App.

29. Click Exit. 30. Close Service Tools. 31. If the DMS cover was loosened, restore it to position and tighten the cover screws to 10 N-m (7.38 lb-ft) 32. Proceed to RCOM JTAG Programming Verification on page 142.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

108

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

RCOM/DPU/DMC/APDM Programming for Brilliance 64 with 2.3.x or later software •

On Brilliance 64 systems running Brilliance 2.4.x software, you can JTAG the RCOM/DPUs, and DMC from the Host PC.

•

Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.6.x software allows all the above, along with programing APDMs (detector modules) from the Host PC.

Choose a procedure: •

RCOM + DPU JTAG Programming on page 110

•

Individual DPU JTAG Programming on page 118

•

DMC Programming on page 126

•

APDM Programming on page 134 (only on Brilliance 64 systems running Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.6.X software)

! CAUTION

Some of the Firmware file names in Brilliance 2.6.x are different from Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x. For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

109

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

RCOM + DPU JTAG Programming This procedure allows you to JTAG either the RCOM individually, or both the RCOM and DPUs together. If you need to identify the DMS (UDMS or TDMS) in your system, see Appendix C - Brilliance 64 DMS Type Identification on page 330. NOTE

This procedure is only for Brilliance 64 systems running Brilliance 2.3.x or later software.

NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this procedure are for example only.

NOTE

If programming of the RCOM via the host fails or if errors occur during the procedure, loosen the DMS cover screws, pull the DMS cover slightly out of it’s place and repeat the entire procedure.

! CAUTION

Some of the Firmware file names in Brilliance 2.6.x are different from Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x. For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 1. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 2. Push and release the E-Stop button on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. Select Configuration > Controller Utilities (see Figure 56).

Brilliance 2.3.x

Brilliance 2.4.x and 2.6.x

Figure 56: Selecting Controller Utilities

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

110

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

6. In the Connect As selection box, select Field Service Engineer. Then click the Connect button.

NOTE

The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller Utilities may require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers. 7. Click Service Mode.

8. Click Utilities. The application will now interrogate the CANBUS for controllers.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

111

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

9. After the application completes the CANBUS interrogation, it will display the controllers and a list of utilities. Scroll down and select the File Configuration check box, then click the Submit button.

10. Click JTAG programmer.

11. Click DMC.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

112

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

12. Click on the selection buttons to toggle them to ENABLED or DISABLED as listed below. •

DMC: DISABLED

•

RCOM/DPU: ENABLED

•

APDMs: DISABLED

13. Click on the top button Filename:...\JTAG.xsvf to select the file for flashing. 14. A file selection window will open. To program the RCOM along with DPU1 and DPU4, For Brilliance 2.3.x and Brilliance 2.4.x:

NOTE

•

with a U DMS (p/n 455012004011), browse to C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\RCOM64\XSVF, then select Orion_DMS_Ver_B450_all_prog.xsvf and click Open.

•

with a T DMS (p/n 455012009021), browse to C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\RCOM64T\XSVF, then select Orion-T_DMS_Ver_D505_all_prog.xsvf and click Open

If you only wish to program the RCOM and not DPU 1 and 4, find the correct files in “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. For Brilliance 2.6.x:

NOTE

•

with a U DMS (p/n 455012004011), browse to C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\RCOM64\XSVF, then select DPU_Plus_Center.xsvf and click Open.

•

with a T DMS (p/n 455012009021), browse to C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\RCOM64T\XSVF, then select Orion-T_DMS_Ver_D505_all_prog.xsvf and click Open

If you only wish to program the RCOM and not DPU 1 and 4, find the correct files in “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

113

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

15. Click Return on the DMC Selection menu.

16. Click Return on the Board Selection menu.

17. Click Return on the Application Selection menu.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

114

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

18. Select the DMC and JTAG programmer check boxes (see Figure 57). NOTE The Release number refers to the version of Controller Utilities, and this depends on which version of Brilliance software you have. See the System Software Installation manual for the version of Brilliance software that is currently on your system. 19. Click the Submit button at the bottom of the list. In the User Feedback pane of the Controller Utilities window (see Figure 58) you can view the progress of the flash programming procedure. Do not abort the programming sequence before the process is complete. NOTE The User Feedback information can freeze for a few seconds during normal operation. If the flash programming procedure stops before completion, reboot the Gantry and start again.

Figure 57: DMC and JTAG Programmer

20. When activity appears to stop, verify that the process has completed by scrolling up in the User Feedback pane and looking for the message: DMC: SUCCESS - Completed XSVF execution.

Figure 58: User Feedback Pane

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

115

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

21. When the process successfully completes, select the Return radial button, then click the Submit button.

22. Click the Return button.

23. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

24. When the process has completes, the Ordinary Text window will display Supreme Controller mode: App.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

116

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

25. When the process completes, click the Exit button. 26. Close Service Tools.

27. On the Host PC, right-click on the Windows Task bar, and select Task Manager. 28. Select the Processes tab, then click on DiagServHost.exe 29. Click the End Process button. 30. Click Yes on the Warning dialog that appears. 31. Exit Windows Task Manager.

Figure 59:

32. If you had to loosen the DMS cover, restore it to position and tighten the cover screws to 10 N-m (7.38 lb-ft). 33. You must cycle power to the Gantry to complete the programming: a. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). b. After a few minutes, Power on the gantry. 34. This completes programming the RCOM. 35. Proceed to RCOM JTAG Programming Verification on page 142. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

117

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Individual DPU JTAG Programming

! CAUTION

Some of the Firmware file names in Brilliance 2.6.x are different from Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x. For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. This procedure is for programming: •

Individual U DMS and T DMS DPUs on Brilliance 64 systems with 2.3.x or 2.4.x software.

•

Individual T DMS DPUs only on Brilliance 64 systems with Brilliance 2.6.x software (you cannot program individual U DMS DPUs with Brilliance 2.6.x).

NOTE

If you need to identify the DMS (UDMS or TDMS) in your system, see Appendix C - Brilliance 64 DMS Type Identification on page 330.

NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this procedure are for example only. 1. Log out of the scanner application software if it is running. 2. Push and release the E-Stop button on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. Select Configuration > Controller Utilities (see Figure 60).

Brilliance 2.3.x

Brilliance 2.4.x and 2.6.x

Figure 60: Selecting Controller Utilities

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

118

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

6. In the Connect As selection box, select Field Service Engineer. Then click the Connect button.

NOTE

The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller Utilities may require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers. 7. Click Service Mode.

8. Click Utilities. The application will now interrogate the CANBUS for controllers.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

119

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

9. After the application completes the CANBUS interrogation, it will display the controllers and a list of utilities. Scroll down and select the File Configuration check box, then click the Submit button.

10. Click JTAG programmer.

11. Click DMC.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

120

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

12. Click on the selection buttons to toggle them to ENABLED or DISABLED as listed below. •

DMC: DISABLED

•

RCOM/DPU: ENABLED

•

APDMs: DISABLED

13. Click on the top button Filename:...\JTAG.xsvf to select the file for flashing. 14. A file selection window will open. The DPU files are located in the RCOM directory, so depending on the DMS in your system, •

For a U DMS (p/n 455012004011) with Brilliance 2.3.x or 2.4.x software, browse to

C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\RCOM64\XSVF, then: For DPU 1 only, select Orion_DPU_1_Version_0052.xsvf For DPU 4 only, select Orion_DPU_4_Version_0052.xsvf •

For a T DMS (p/n 455012009021) with Brilliance 2.3.x, 2.4.x, or 2.6.x software, browse to

C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\RCOM64T\XSVF\IndividualComponents\Rcom+DPU_1+DPU_4_JTAG_Chain, then: For DPU 1 only, select Orion-T_DPU_1_only_Ver_103.xsvf For DPU 4 only, select Orion-T_DPU_4_only_Ver_103.xsvf 15. After selecting the file, click Open. 16. Click Return on the DMC Selection menu.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

121

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

17. Click Return on the Board Selection menu.

18. Click Return on the Application Selection menu.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

122

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

19. Select the DMC and JTAG programmer check boxes (see Figure 61). NOTE The Release number refers to the version of Controller Utilities, and this depends on which version of Brilliance software you have. See the System Software Installation manual for the version of Brilliance software that is currently on your system. 20. Click the Submit button at the bottom of the list. In the User Feedback pane of the Controller Utilities window (see Figure 62), you can view the progress of the flash programming procedure. Do not abort the programming sequence before the process is complete. NOTE The User Feedback information can freeze for a few seconds during normal operation. If the flash programming procedure stops before completion, reboot the Gantry and start again.

Figure 61: DMC and JTAG Programmer

21. When activity appears to stop, verify that the process has completed by scrolling up in the User Feedback pane and looking for the message: DMC: SUCCESS - Completed XSVF execution.

Figure 62: User Feedback Pane

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

123

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

22. When the process successfully completes, select the Return radial button, then click the Submit button.

23. Click the Return button.

24. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

25. When the process has completes, the Ordinary Text window will display Supreme Controller mode: App.

26. When the process completes, click the Exit button. 27. Close Service Tools.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

124

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

28. On the Host PC, right-click on the Windows Task bar, and select Task Manager. 29. Select the Processes tab, then click on DiagServHost.exe 30. Click the End Process button. 31. Click Yes on the Warning dialog that appears. 32. Exit Windows Task Manager. 33. You must cycle power to the Gantry to complete the programming: a. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). b. After a few minutes, Power on the gantry. 34. This completes programming the DPU.

Figure 63:

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

125

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMC Programming TIP

When you turn on power to the Gantry after you replace the DMC16, power to the DMS may shutdown. The power will return automatically to the DMS after you open Controller Utilities and put the boards in Service mode.

! CAUTION

Some of the Firmware file names in Brilliance 2.6.x are different from Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x. For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. This procedure allows you to JTAG the DMC. If you need to identify the DMS (UDMS or TDMS) in your system, see Appendix C - Brilliance 64 DMS Type Identification on page 330.

NOTE

This procedure is only for Brilliance 64 systems running Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4 software.

NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this procedure are for example only. 1. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 2. Turn the Key Switch on the Scan Control box to open the Estop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. Select Configuration > Controller Utilities (see Figure 64) to launch the Controller Utilities application.

Brilliance 2.3.x

Brilliance 2.4.x and 2.6.x

Figure 64: Selecting Controller Utilities

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

126

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

6. In the Connect As selection box, select Field Service Engineer. Then click the Connect button.

NOTE

The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller Utilities may require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers.

7. Click Service Mode.

8. Click Connect to controller. The application will now interrogate the CANBUS for controllers.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

127

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

9. Click DMC. NOTE The Boot flash version may be different according to your installed software.

10. Click Toolbox.

11. Click Utilities.

12. Click JTAG.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

128

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

13. Make sure the DMC16, RCOM/DPU, and APDMs items are set to: •

DMC16: enabled

•

RCOM/DPU: disabled

•

APDMs: disabled

If they are not, click on the item to change the setting. 14. Click XSVF file: .....\JTAG.xsvf.

15. A file selection window will open. Depending on the DMS in your system, •

For a U DMS (p/n 455012004011), browse to C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\DMC16\XSVF, then select DMC_XXXXXXX.xsvf and click Open

•

For a T DMS (p/n 455012009021), browse to C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\DMC16T\XSVF, then select DMC_XXXXXXX.xsvf and click Open

NOTE For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 16. The XSVF file....\JTAG.xsvf button now shows the file name. Click Execute.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

129

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

17. The DMC16 programming starts. When the programming is complete the “A power cycle is required if baseboard devices have been programmed” message appears in the User Feedback window.

18. Click Exit.

19. Return the system to the Application mode: a. Click Quit.

b. Click Continue.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

130

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

c. Click Return.

d. Click Return.

e. Click Return.

f. Click Return.

g. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

131

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

20. When the process has completes, the Ordinary Text window will display Supreme Controller mode: App.

21. Click Exit. 22. Continue with DMC16 JTAG Programming Verification on page 133.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

132

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMC16 JTAG Programming Verification 1. Power off the Gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Wait for a minute and turn the Gantry on. 3. Start the scanner application program. 4. When the Close E-stop prompt appears, turn the key switch on the CT control box to close E-stop. 5. Double-click on the Service Tools icon on the Windows desktop to open Service Tools. 6. Select General Tools > CPM Software Versions (see Figure 65). 7. Scroll to the DMC section of the list and look at row HW5. 8. Verify that the entry in row HW5 of the column titled Software Installed in this System is DSC FPGA 16. NOTE The DSC FPGA version may differ and should be the same as the DSC FPGA version in the right column. NOTE

Figure 65: Selecting CPM Software Version from

Service Tools

In case of failure, repeat the entire procedure DMC Programming on page 126, or to program the DMC over a direct connection according to the section RCOM/DPU/CDMP/DMC16 Programming via Direct JTAG Connection on page 159. 9. Close Service Tools. 10. Perform a few scans including surview, axial, and helical scans to verify that the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

133

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

APDM Programming

! CAUTION

Some of the Firmware file names in Brilliance 2.6.x are different from Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x. For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

NOTE

If you need to identify the DMS (UDMS or TDMS) in your system, see Appendix C - Brilliance 64 DMS Type Identification on page 330.

NOTE

This procedure is only for Brilliance 64 systems running Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.6.x software.

NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this procedure are for example only. 1. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 2. Push and release the E-Stop button on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. Select Configuration > Controller Utilities (see Figure 66). Brilliance 2.3.x Figure 66: Selecting Controller Utilities

6. In the Connect As selection box, select Field Service Engineer. Then click the Connect button.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

134

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

NOTE

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller Utilities may require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers.

7. Click Service Mode.

8. Click Utilities. The application will now interrogate the CANBUS for controllers.

9. After the application completes the CANBUS interrogation, it will display the controllers and a list of utilities. Scroll down and select the File Configuration check box, then click the Submit button.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

135

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

10. Click JTAG programmer.

11. Click DMC.

12. Click on the selection buttons to toggle them to ENABLED or DISABLED as listed below.

•

DMC16: DISABLED

•

RCOM/DPU: DISABLED

•

APDMs: ENABLED

13. Click on the top button Filename:...\JTAG.xsvf to select the file for flashing.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

136

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

14. A file selection window will open. Depending on the DMS in your system, •

For a U DMS (p/n 455012004011), browse to

C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\Detector Module\XSVF •

For a T DMS (p/n 455012009021), browse to

C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\Detector ModuleT\XSVF 15. Program APDM Modules (where XX is the version number): To program all of the APDM Modules in Brilliance 2.3.x, •

For a U DMS (p/n 455012004011), select Orion_all_modules_vXX_prog.xsvf and click Open.

•

For a T DMS (p/n 455012009021), select Orion-T_all_modules_vXX_prog.xsvf and click Open.

To program all of the APDM Modules in Brilliance 2.6.x, •

For a U DMS (p/n 455012004011), select All_APDMs_Ver_XX.xsvf and click Open.

•

For a T DMS (p/n 455012009021), select Orion-T_all_modules_vXX_prog.xsvf and click Open.

To program an individual APDM Module in Brilliance 2.3.x (where locX is the APDM number), •

For a U DMS (p/n 455012004011), select apdm_bip_XX_locX_prog.xsvf and click Open.

•

For a T DMS (p/n 455012009021), select tom_top_v0XX_locX_prog.xsvf and click Open.

NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

NOTE

See Appendix B - Detector Module Locations on page 329 for detector module locations in the DMS as supplied by Philips.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

137

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

16. Click Return on the DMC Selection menu.

17. Click Return on the Board Selection menu.

18. Click Return on the Application Selection menu.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

138

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

19. Select the DMC and JTAG programmer check boxes (see Figure 67). NOTE The Release number refers to the version of Controller Utilities, and this depends on which version of Brilliance software you have. See the System Software Installation manual for the version of Brilliance software that is currently on your system. 20. Click the Submit button at the bottom of the list. In the User Feedback pane of the Controller Utilities window (see Figure 68) you can view the progress of the flash programming procedure. Do not abort the programming sequence before the process is complete. NOTE The User Feedback information can freeze for a few seconds during normal operation. If the flash programming procedure stops before completion, reboot the Gantry and start again.

Figure 67: DMC and JTAG Programmer

21. When activity appears to stop, verify that the process has completed by scrolling up in the User Feedback pane and looking for the message: DMC: SUCCESS - Completed XSVF execution.

Figure 68: User Feedback Pane

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

139

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

22. When the process successfully completes, select the Return radial button, then click the Submit button.

23. Click the Return button.

24. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

25. When the process has completes, the Ordinary Text window will display Supreme Controller mode: App.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

140

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

26. When the process completes, click the Exit button. 27. Close Service Tools.

28. On the Host PC, right-click on the Windows Task bar, and select Task Manager. 29. Select the Processes tab, then click on DiagServHost.exe 30. Click the End Process button. 31. Click Yes on the Warning dialog that appears. 32. Exit Windows Task Manager. 33. You must cycle power to the Gantry to complete the programming: a. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). b. After a few minutes, Power on the gantry. 34. This completes programming the APDM(s).

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

141

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

RCOM JTAG Programming Verification 1. Power off the Gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Wait for a minute and turn the Gantry on again. 3. Start the scanner application program. NOTE

Wait at least two minutes after the Close E-Stop prompt appears. 4. When the Close E-stop prompt appears, wait 2 minutes then momentarily turn the key switch on the CT control box to the start position to enable the E-stop. 5. If the Windows taskbar is not displayed: a. click on the upper blue bar of the application window. b. Simultaneously press the Shift-Ctrl-Alt-T keys. 6. Right-click on the Windows Start button and select Explorer from the popup menu. 7. Navigate to folder C:\Program Files\Rcom_utility 8. Double-click on Rcom Utility.exe. The RCOM Utility firmware selector dialog box shown in Figure 69 will open.

Figure 69: RCOM Utility Firmware Version Selection

9. Click on the Nominal radial button to select it. 10. Click OK.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

142

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

11. The RCOM Utility opens to the Read/Write tab as default (see Figure 70). 12. In the Address column of the RCOM Utility Read/Write Tab, enter the values listed in Table 4 on page 144.

Figure 70: RCOM Read/Write Tab Selections

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

143

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Table 4:

Address

BR 40 Data SW Ver. 1.2.3

BR 40 Data SW Ver. 2.0, 2.02

BR 64 Data SW Ver. 2.0

BR 64 Data SW Ver. 2.02

BR 40 SW Ver. 2.2 and 2.2.1

BR 64 SW Ver. 2.2 and 2.2.1

1000

410

421

B300

B400

A450

B450

2000

47

56

3E

3E

58

52

3000

47

56

3E

3E

58

52

4000

4C

56

3E

3E

58

52

5000

47

56

3E

3E

58

52

6000

47

56

3E

3E

58

52

7000

47

56

3E

3E

58

52

8000

47

56

3E

3E

58

52

9000

47

56

3E

3E

58

52

13. Click on each of the Read selection boxes of the values entered so that a check mark is displayed in each box as shown in Figure 70 on page 143. 14. Click on the Read All Selected button. The version numbers should appear in the Data column boxes. 15. Make sure that the version numbers in the data boxes correspond to those listed in Table 4 for your version of software. NOTE

For data for software versions higher than 2.2.1, refer to the Brilliance 40 or 64 Software Installation Manual for your version of software.

NOTE

In case of failure, repeat the entire programming procedure if you programmed from the Host, or try to program the RCOM over a direct connection according to the procedure “RCOM/DPU/CDMP/DMC16 Programming via Direct JTAG Connection” on page 159. 16. Close the application. 17. Perform a few scans to ensure system proper functioning.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

144

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

RCOM/DPUs Programming (V1.2.3 - BR 40 only) NOTES

•

The complete RCOM/DPU programming procedure takes approximately 2.5 hrs. RCOM programing alone takes over 1.5 hrs.

•

It is recommended to use the procedure in section RCOM/DPU/CDMP/DMC16 Programming via Direct JTAG Connection on page 159.

•

If programming of the RCOM via the host fails or if errors occur during the procedure, loosen the DMS cover screws, pull the DMS cover slightly out of it’s place and repeat the entire procedure.

1. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Desktop. 2. On the Service Tools menu, select Diagnostic Tools and click Controller Utilities. 3. Turn the key on the Scan Control Box to OFF. 4. Use the Default connection (Connect as: Field Service Engineer) and select Service mode.

Figure 71:

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

145

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

5. Click Connect to Controller. Verify that boot flash version is at least 2.1.

Figure 72:

6. Click DMC Release 2.1 Boot Flash. Wait a few seconds to download the boot flash to RAM.

Figure 73:

7. Check that DMC appears as in the window of the Ordinary Test pane, and that the DMC file is closed in the User Feedback pane. 8. Click Toolbox. Figure 74:

9. Click Utilities.

Figure 75: 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

146

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

10. Click JTAG.

Figure 76:

11. Click the RCOM/DPU and DMC16 buttons to toggle them on and off (disable/enable). To flash the RCOM, set: •

DMC chain: Disabled

•

RCOM chain: Enabled

Figure 77: Example for RCOM Flash

12. Click on the top button (XSVF) to select the file for flashing. 13. Navigate to the directory: c:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance40\RcomXX\XSVF\ 14. Select the file according to the devices to flash: .

NOTE

For RCOM and DPU1 and DPU4:

Applause_DMS_Version_xxxx.xsvf

For RCOM:

RCOM_Version_xxxx.xsvf

For DPU1:

DPU1_Version_xxxx.xsvf

For DPU4:

DPU4_Version_xxxx.xsvf

For Upgrade:

Upgrade_From_yyyy_to_xxxx.xsvf

xxxx is the upgraded or current version; yyyy is the older version.

Figure 78: Example of Selecting xsvf File

15. Click Execute to perform the flash programming. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

147

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

NOTE

For full DMS programming (24 devices), upgrade execution takes about 2.5 hours. 16. Do not abort the programming sequence in the middle. Wait until the sequence is finished and message appears Figure 79.

Figure 79:

17. Wait until the process finishes, click Exit and then click Quit. 18. Click Continue, and then click Return four times. 19. Click Application mode. Figure 80:

NOTE

If programming of the RCOM via the host fails or if errors occur during the procedure, loosen the DMS cover screws, pull the DMS cover slightly out of it’s place and repeat the entire procedure. 20. If you had to loosen the DMS cover, restore it to position and tighten the cover screws to 10 N-m (7.38 lb-ft). 21. Continue with Verification on page 149.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

148

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Verification 1. Power down the Gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Wait for a minute and press the blue gantry power toggle button to turn the Gantry on again. 3. When prompted to do so, close the start keyswitch. 4. Navigate to usr/diamond.root/utilities/7100utility/7100utility.exe and open the file. 5. Wait until the RCOM LEDs (under the fiber optics connectors in the center of the board) are lit green for at least 30 seconds continuously before proceeding. 6. Verify the following (see Figure 82 on page 150): NOTE

Figure 82 on page 150 and table examples for version 1.2.3. upgrade only. For correct values of other version, refer to the software installation manual. Figure 81:

Address Column

Data Column

•

The default value displayed is 1000.

•

Click Read; The value displayed is RCOM Version

•

In the Address column type 4000.

•

Click Read; The Data value displayed is the DPU2A Version.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

149

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

NOTE

In case of failure, contact Customer Support for further instructions on programming via JTAG Xilinx.

Address Typed

Data Column Display Version

Address Typed

Data Column Display Version

1000

410

1000

RCOM

2000

47

2000

DPU1A

3000

47

3000

DPU1B

4000

4C

4000

DPU2A

5000

47

5000

DPU2B

6000

47

6000

DPU3A

7000

47

7000

DPU3B

8000

47

8000

DPU4A

9000

47

9000

DPU4B

Example for V1.2.3

Example for Vx.x.x

Figure 82: RCOM Utility- Verification 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

150

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

RCOM/DPU Programming Procedure via DMC16 NOTE

If programming of the RCOM fails or if errors occur during the procedure, loosen the DMS cover screws, pull the DMS cover slightly out of it’s place and repeat the entire procedure. 1. Switch gantry power OFF using the gantry blue button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Locate the P27 JTAG connector on the DMC16 (see Figure 84). 3. Connect the JTAG cable leads to P27 according to the table below (see Figure 83 and Figure 84). 4. Power up the gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 10

2

Figure 84: P27 DMC16 Connector 1

9

Figure 83:

NOTE

Refer to the Pin Name description ONLY where JTAG leads are NOT color coded.

P27 Connector Pin Number

Pin Name

JTAG Lead

1

TDI/DIN

Green Lead

2

VCC (VREF)

Red Lead

3

TMS/PROG

Yellow Lead

5

TCK/CCLK

Blue Lead

7

TDO/D/P

Purple Lead

10

GND

Black Lead

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

151

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

RCOM to DMC Connection Hardware Preparation 1. Open the scanner front cover. 2. Ensure there is a connector connecting the DMC (J22 9-pin D-type female) to the RCOM (P9 9-pin D-type male) Connector. Service Tools Commands 1. Login as philips_service (password: service_only) 2. Put the system into Service mode: a. From the Desktop, double-click the Service Tools icon. b. Select Configuration Tools. c. Select Controller Utilities. d. Select Connect as Zone Specialist. e. Select Service Mode. 3. Select Connect to Controller | DMC| Toolbox| Utilities | Board Debug. 4. Select Address and type 706102 and then click Submit Parameter. 5. Select Data and type 5DBFand then click Submit Parameter. 6. Select Poke. 7. Select Address and type 706100 and then click Submit Parameter. 8. Select Data and type: 41A7 and then click Submit Parameter. 9. Select Poke. 10. You may now program the RCOM using the JTAG cable kit.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

152

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

RCOM Programming Procedure Launch the Xilinx JTAG programmer software as follows: 1. Click Start/Program/Xilinx ISE 6/Accessories/Impact. 2. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 3. When the Operation Mode Selection box opens, click Cancel. 4. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 5. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 6. You will see a message stating “24 devices detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 24 devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 7. When the Assign New Configuration File box (see Figure 85) appears, click Cancel All.

Figure 85: Assign New Configuration File 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

153

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

8. The window opens showing the RCOM and DPU Prom chain (see Figure 86).

Selected Devices Figure 86: RCOM & DPU PROM Chain

9. Locate (two) Unknown devices (#12 and #21) (see Figure 88) in the chain and perform the following: a. Double click on the Unknown device icon. The device becomes green. b. Click Yes when the Unknown Device File Query window opens (see Figure 87).

Figure 88: Unknown Device

Figure 87: Unknown Device File Query 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

154

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

10. Define the chain according to the board you are replacing and load the desired files for programming as listed in the procedure below (see Table 5 to determine which devices to select for a particular board): Table 5:

Board

NOTE

Device # in Chain

RCOM

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 21

DPU1 (right of RCOM when DMS is in 12 o’clock position)

9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 21

DPU4 (left of RCOM when DMS is in 12 o’clock position)

12, 18, 19, 21, 23, 24

Full RCOM/DPUs

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 23, 24 (see Figure 91) for example)

Upgrade to 1.2.3.

5, 6, 16, 17

Note that devices 11, 13, 20, and 22 are always skipped. a. Double-click on the each specific icon listed from the beginning of the chain (see Figure 91). You can see the selected device number(s) in the lower window (in blue) of the iMPACT. b. In the Add Device dialog (see Figure 89) navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceXX\RCOMXX\MCS folder and select the appropriate firmware file. Click Open. NOTE For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. c. Perform the steps a through c for the second Unknown device.

Figure 89: Add Device Dialog

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

155

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

d. The Assign New Configuration File box opens (see Figure 90). e. Select the devices file on the path C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceX X\RCOMXX\MCS\. f. Click Open. g. Perform the steps Step a on page 155 through Step f on page 156 for each of the selected devices according to Table 5. Figure 90: Assign New Configuration File

11. Verify the chain is defined correctly by comparing the file names under each device (see Figure 91 for example of full DMS Chain Selection) and the appropriate file names in the software installation manual. 12. Click on the first selected device icon of the chain. 13. Press Ctrl and click on the devices to select them for programming (see Figure 91). They will become green. 14. Ensure that in the lower window appears a message that the relevant devices have been selected except for the following: #11, #12, #13, #20, #21, #22 (see example in Figure 91).

Figure 91: Full DMS Chain Selection for Programming

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

156

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

15. On the Operations menu, click Program (see Figure 92). 16. When the Program Options window opens check Erase Before Programming and Verify check boxes and then click OK (see Figure 93).

Figure 92: Program Menu Figure 93: Program Option Window

17. The Operation Status window appears. Wait for the “Programming Succeeded” message to appear. You can see the status of the programming in the window below. The programming duration depends on which boards were selected for programming. (Full DMS programming takes approximately 45 minutes) 18. If you want to verify successful programming again, select the chain according to Step 13 on page 156 or the device you want to verify and then select Operations from the main menu and click Verify. Wait for the Verify Succeeded message to appear.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

157

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

Final Steps 1. Select File from the main menu and click on Exit to exit the iMPACT application. 2. In Controller Utilities, set the boards back to Application Mode. Then exit Controller Utilities. 3. Switch the power to the Gantry OFF by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button on the ACCU unit (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 4. Remove the Xilinx JTAG Programming cable. 5. Remove the locking pin. 6. Wait at least a minute after powering down the gantry and power up the gantry using the blue gantry power toggle button. 7. Verify the RCOM programming according to “RCOM JTAG Programming Verification” on page 142. NOTE

If programming of the RCOM fails or if errors occur during the procedure, loosen the DMS cover screws, pull the DMS cover slightly out of it’s place and repeat the entire procedure. 8. If you had to loosen the DMS cover, restore it to position and tighten the cover screws to 10 N-m (7.38 lb-ft) 9. Close the Gantry front and left side upper covers and tighten the screws. 10. Perform a few scans in different modes to verify that the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

158

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

RCOM/DPU/CDMP/DMC16 Programming via Direct JTAG Connection This section contains procedures for programming DMC components with your laptop through a direct JTAG connection to the component. See: RCOM/DPU on page 160 CDMP Programming Procedure on page 168 DMC16 Programming Procedure on page 172

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

159

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

RCOM/DPU Use this method only when replacing any of the boards (RCOM, DPU1, DPU4), This method requires you to open the Gantry and DMS covers. In addition, in order to recognize the device chains, the cable between P22 on the DMC16 to P9 on the RCOM must be disconnected before programming. This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes for full RCOM, DPU1, and DPU4 device programming. NOTE

Refer to the “General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop” on page 33 in the Overview section for more details on JTAG programming. 1. Switch gantry power OFF using the blue gantry power button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324).

P7 RCOM JTAG Connector

2. Locate the P7 JTAG connector on the RCOM (see Figure 94). 3. Connect the JTAG cable leads to P7 according to Table 6 and Figure 95. 4. Disconnect the cable connecting P22 on the DMC16.

Figure 94: P7 RCOM JTAG Connector Table 6:

P27 Connector Pin Number Pin Name 1

TDI/DIN

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS/PROG

5

TCK/CCLK

7

TDO/D/P

10

GND

Figure 95: P7 JTAG Connector Pin Layout

9

10

1

2

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

160

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

5. Switch gantry power ON by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 6. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programmer software. 7. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 8. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 9. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 10. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 11. You will see a message stating “24 devices detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 24 devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 12. When the Assign New Configuration File box opens, click Cancel All.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

161

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

13. The window opens showing the RCOM and DPU PROM chain.

Selected Devices

Figure 96: RCOM and DPU PROM chain

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

162

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

14. Locate (two) Unknown devices (#12 and #21) (see Figure 98) in the chain and perform the following: a. Double-click on the Unknown device icon. The device becomes green. b. Click Yes when the Unknown Device File Query window opens (see Figure 87).

Figure 98: Unknown Device

Figure 97: Unknown Device File Query

c. In the Add Device dialog (see Figure 99) navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceXX\RCOMXX\MCS folder and select the appropriate firmware file for the device (#12 or #21). Click Open. NOTE For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. d. Perform the steps a through c for the second Unknown device.

Figure 99: Add Device Dialog

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

163

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

15. Define the chain and load the files for programming as follows (see Table 7 to determine which devices to select for a particular program): a. Double-click on first icon listed in the beginning of the chain (see Figure 96). You can see the selected device number(s) in the lower window (in blue) of the iMPACT. The Assign New Configuration File box opens (see Figure 100). b. Select the device file on the path C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceXX\R COMXX\MCS\. c. Click Open. d. Perform steps Step a through Step c on page 164 for each of the selected devices according to Table 7.

Figure 100: Assign New Configuration File Table 7:

Board

NOTE

Device # in Chain

RCOM

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 21

DPU1 (right of RCOM when DMS is in 12 o’clock position)

9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 21

DPU4 (left of RCOM when DMS is in 12 o’clock position)

12, 18, 19, 21, 23, 24

Full DMS

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 23, 24 (see Figure 101 on page 165 for example)

Upgrade to 1.2.3.

5, 6, 16, 17

Note that devices 11, 13, 20, and 22 are always skipped.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

164

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

16. Verify the chain is defined correctly by comparing the file names under each device (see Figure 101 for example of full DMS Chain Selection) and the appropriate file names in the software installation manual. 17. Click on the first selected device icon of the chain. 18. Press Ctrl and click on the devices select them for programming (see Figure 101). They will become green. 19. In the lower window, verify that the relevant devices are selected except for the following: #11, #12, #13, #20, #21, #22 (see example in Figure 101).

Figure 101: Full DMS Chain Selection

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

165

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

20. On the Operations menu, click Program (see Figure 102). 21. When the Program Options window opens check Erase Before Programming and Verify check boxes and then click OK (see Figure 93).

Figure 102: Program Menu

Figure 103: Program Option Window

22. The Operation Status window appears. Wait for the “Programming Succeeded” message to appear. You can see the status of the programming in the window below. The programming duration depends on which boards were selected for programming. (Full DMS programming takes approximately 45 minutes) 23. If you want to verify successful programming again, select the chain according to step 9 or the device you want to verify and then select Operations from the main menu and click Verify. Wait for the Verify Succeeded message to appear.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

166

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

Final Steps 1. Select File from the main menu and click on Exit to exit the iMPACT application. 2. Switch power to the Gantry OFF by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button on the ACCU unit (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 3. Remove the Xilinx JTAG Programming cable. 4. Remove the locking pin. 5. Wait at least one minute after powering down the gantry and turn gantry power ON by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 6. Close the Gantry front and left side upper covers and tighten the screws. 7. Verify the RCOM programming according to “RCOM JTAG Programming Verification” on page 142. 8. Perform a few scans in different modes to ensure system proper functioning.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

167

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

CDMP Programming Procedure This section describes the CDMP programming procedure.

NOTE

Refer to the “General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop” on page 33 in the Overview section for more details on JTAG programming. Figure 3

1. Turn ON gantry power by pressing the blue gantry power button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Locate the P33 JTAG connector on the front panel of the CDMP assembly.

3. Connect the JTAG cable leads to P33 according to the table below. Table 8:

P33 Connector Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI/DIN

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS/PROG

5

TCK/CCLK

7

TDO/D/P

10

GND

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

168

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

4. Switch ON gantry power by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 5. Launch the Xilinx program 6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 10. You will see a message stating “2 devices detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 2 devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

169

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

11. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window (see Figure 104).

Figure 104: Devices Displayed in iMPACT Configuration Window and Device Pop-Up Menu

12. The first device will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 13. Navigate to the folder C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceXX\CDMP and select the appropriate firmware file. Click Open. NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 14. An Assign New Configuration File box will open for the next device. Click Cancel, since you are only programming device #1. 15. Right-click on Device #1, and select Program from the pop-up menu (see Figure 104). 16. When the Program Options window opens, select Erase Before Programming and Verify and then click OK. 17. The Operation Status window appears. Wait for the “Programming Succeeded” message to appear. You can see the status of the programming in the window below. The programming takes approximately 15 minutes.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

170

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

Final Steps 1. Select File from the main menu and click on Exit to exit the iMPACT application. 2. Switch power to the Gantry OFF by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button on the ACCU unit (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 3. Remove the Xilinx JTAG Programming cable. 4. Remove the locking pin. 5. Wait at least one minute after powering down the gantry and turn gantry power ON by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 6. Close the Gantry front and left side upper covers and tighten the screws. 7. Perform a few scans in different modes to verify that the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

171

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

DMC16 Programming Procedure This section describes the DMC16 programming procedure. 1. Switch gantry power OFF using the blue gantry power button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Locate the P27 JTAG connector on the DMC16 (see Figure 84). 3. Connect the JTAG cable leads to P27 according to Figure 105 and Table 9). 4. Turn gantry power ON by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 10

2

Figure 106: P27 DMC16 Connector

1

9 Figure 105:

Table 9:

P27 Connector Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI/DIN

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS/PROG

5

TCK/CCLK

7

TDO/D/P

10

GND

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

172

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

1. Launch the Xilinx program. 2. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 3. The Operation Mode Selection dialog box opens. Click Cancel. 4. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 5. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 6. You will see a message stating “6 devices detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 6 devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 7. When the Assign New Configuration File box appears click Cancel All.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

173

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

8. The window opens showing the DMC 16 chain.

Figure 107: DMC 16 Chain

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

174

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

9. Define the chain and load the files for programming as follows: a. Double click on the device #1 icon from the beginning of the chain (see Figure 107). You can see the selected device number in the lower window (in blue) of the iMPACT. b. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrillianceXX\DMC16\MCS\ folder and select the appropriate firmware file. Click Open. NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. c. Perform Step a and Step b to program device #4 (only devices #1 and #4 are programmed). 10. Verify the chain is defined correctly by comparing the file names under each device, and the appropriate file names in the software installation manual. 11. Click on the Device #1 icon and then while holding the key pressed click on device 4 to select devices 1 and 4 for programming. They will become green.

12. Verify that in the lower window appears message that the devices #1 and #4 have been selected. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

175

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

DMS JTAG for Brilliance 40/64

13. On the Operations menu, click Program.

14. In the Program Options Box, verify that both the Erase Before Programming and Verify selection boxes are checked and then click OK. When the programming successfully completes, a blue-bordered message will appear stating “Programming Successful” The programming takes approximately 15 minutes. 15. If you want to verify successful programming again, select the chain according to Step 11 on page 175 or the device you want to verify and than select Operations from the main menu and click on Verify. Wait for the Verify Succeeded message to appear.

Final Steps 1. Select File from the main menu and click on Exit to exit the iMPACT application. 2. Switch power to the Gantry OFF by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button on the ACCU unit (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 3. Remove the Xilinx JTAG Programming cable. 4. Remove the locking pin. 5. Wait at least one minute after powering down the gantry and turn gantry power ON by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 6. Close the Gantry front cover and install the left upper side cover and tighten the screws. 7. Perform a few scans in different modes to verify that the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

176

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming NOTE

All figures with firmware file names in this manual are for example only. For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. •

Gantry Display Controller P/N 4535 670 62871 on page 178

•

GHost (P/N 453567042301 and 453567110321) on page 180

•

GMP (Gantry Motion Processor) P/N 4535 670 10351 on page 183

•

CGMP (Common Gantry Motion Processor) P/N 4535 670 84501 / 4535 670 84502 on page 193

•

Interface Box (IBox) P/N 4550 140 01011 on page 203

•

MDP (Main Drive Processor) P/N 4535 664 60131 on page 212

•

R2D (Resolver to Digital Board) on page 214

•

TDP (Tilt Drive Processor) P/N 4535 665 02391 on page 217

Refer to the following procedures for programming setup. •

Loading FPGA Files from Firmware CD to Laptop PC on page 18

•

Downloading FPGA Files from a DVD to the Laptop on page 31

•

Installing the Xilinx Download Utility on the FSE Laptop on page 18

Gantry Firmware Path The base path for the gantry firmware is shown as: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\. For the actual paths: •

For Brilliance 6/10/16/16p: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.3.x software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.4.7 software: in the Brilliance Big Bore 2.4.7 System Software Installation Manual, see ‘Appendix G - CPM and FPGA Software Versions.’

•

For Brilliance 40/64: see the Brilliance 40/64 Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

177

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Display Controller P/N 4535 670 62871 NOTE

If your system is a BR64 with Brilliance 2.6.x software, you cannot perform this procedure. Gantry Display firmware files were not included with the system firmware.

! CAUTION NOTE

Follow all guidelines for ESD Anti-static protection before performing any service procedure. See the section General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop on page 33 in the overview section of this manual for more details on the JTAG programming procedure. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Connect the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to P2 (shown in Figure 108) according to Table 10. 3. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the laptop PC. Table 10: P2 JTAG Connections

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

GND

10

NC

JTAG CONNECTOR P2 - PIN 1

P2

Figure 108: JTAG Connector P2 on Gantry Display Controller 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

178

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

4. Power ON the gantry. 5. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window, and choose Initialize Chain from the drop-down menu. 10. You will see a message stating “1 Device Detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 1 device was detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 11. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window. 12. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 13. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\GantryDisplay folder (see Gantry Firmware Path on page 177) and select the appropriate firmware file. Click Open.

NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 14. Right-click on the device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 15. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 16. Wait for the “Programming Successful” message to appear. 17. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 18. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 19. Remove the Xilinx programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

179

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

GHost (P/N 453567042301 and 453567110321)

! CAUTION NOTE

Follow all guidelines for ESD Anti-static protection before performing any service procedure. See the section General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop on page 33 in the overview section of this manual for more details on the JTAG programming procedure. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Remove the Gantry upper right cover. 3. There are two GHost part numbers: 453567042301 and 453567110321. Check the GHost and write down the part number so you can choose the correct firmware to install. 4. Connect the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to P16 according to Table 11. 5. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the laptop PC. Table 11:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

NC

3

TMS

4

VCC (VREF)

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

NC

10

GND

P16

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

180

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

6. Power ON the gantry. 7. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 8. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 9. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 10. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 11. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the drop-down menu. 12. You will see a message stating “3 Devices Detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 3 devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 13. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window. 14. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 15. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\ folder (see Gantry Firmware Path on page 177). 16. Select the sub-folder with the same number as your GHost, either \GHost_453567042301 or \GHost_453567110321. 17. Select the appropriate firmware file for the first device in the chain, then click Open.

NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 18. Repeat the procedure for the second and third devices in the chain. 19. After configuration files are assigned to all devices, right-click on the first device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 20. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 21. Wait for “Programming Successful” message to appear.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

181

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

22. Right-click on the second device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 23. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 24. Wait for “Programming Successful” message to appear. 25. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 26. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 27. Remove the Xilinx programming cable. 28. Replace the Gantry cover.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

182

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

GMP (Gantry Motion Processor) P/N 4535 670 10351 Depending on your system, there are two ways to program the CGMP: •

For Brilliance 64 systems with version 2.3.x or later software, see Program GMP from the Host PC on page 186.

•

For all other Brilliance Systems, including Brilliance 64 running other versions of software, see Program GMP from Laptop on page 183 below.

Program GMP from Laptop NOTE

See the section General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop on page 33 in the overview section of this manual for more details on the JTAG programming procedure. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Connect the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to P3 according to Table 12. Table 12:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

GND

10

NC

TDI TMS TCK TD0 GND

VCC (+5V) N/C N/C N/C N/C P3

Figure 109: GMP JTAG Connector P3

3. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the laptop PC. 4. Power ON the gantry. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

183

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

5. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the drop-down menu. 10. You will see a message stating “4 Devices Detected”. Click OK. 11. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that 4 devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure.

12. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 13. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\GMP folder (see Gantry Firmware Path on page 177), and select the appropriate firmware file for the first device in the chain. Click Open. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

184

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

NOTE

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 14. Repeat the procedure for the second, third, and fourth devices in the chain. 15. Right-click on the first device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 16. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 17. Wait for “Programming Successful” message to appear. 18. Right-click on the third device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 19. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 20. Wait for “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 21. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 22. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 23. Remove the Xilinx programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

185

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

Program GMP from the Host PC NOTE

This procedure is only for Brilliance 64 systems running Brilliance 2.3 or later software. 1. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 2. Push and release the E-Stop button on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. Select Configuration > Controller Utilities (see Figure 116) to launch the Controller Utilities application.

Brilliance 2.3.x

Brilliance 2.4.x and 2.6.x

Figure 110: Selecting Controller Utilities

6. In the Connect As selection box, select Field Service Engineer. Then click the Connect button.

NOTE

The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller Utilities may require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers. 7. Click Service Mode.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

186

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

8. Click Utilities. The application will now interrogate the CANBUS for controllers.

9. After the application completes the CANBUS interrogation, it will display the controllers and a list of utilities. Scroll down and select the File Configuration check box, then click the Submit button.

10. Click JTAG programmer.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

187

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

11. Click MDP.

12. A file selection window will open. •

For Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x, navigate to: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\GMP\XSVF

•

For Brilliance 2.6.x, navigate to: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64-2.4.6\GMP\XSVF.

Figure 111: Menu selection for Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

188

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

13. Select the file GMP_xxxxxxxxxxxx_PROG_ALL_REV_X.xsvf and click Open. NOTE For the correct files, see the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

14. Click Return on the Board Selection menu.

15. Click Return on the Application Selection menu.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

189

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

16. Select the MDP and JTAG programmer check boxes (see Figure 112 on page 190). NOTE The Release number refers to the version of Controller Utilities, and this depends on which version of Brilliance software you have. See the System Software Installation manual for the version of Brilliance software that is currently on your system. 17. Click the Submit button at the bottom of the list. In the User Feedback pane of the Controller Utilities window (see Figure 113) you can view the progress of the flash programming procedure. Do not abort the programming sequence before the process is complete. NOTE The User Feedback information can freeze for a few seconds during normal operation. If the flash programming procedure stops before completion, reboot the Gantry and start again.

Figure 112: MDP and JTAG Programmer

18. When activity appears to stop, verify that the process has completed by scrolling up in the User Feedback pane and looking for the message: MDP: SUCCESS - Completed XSVF execution.

Figure 113: User Feedback Pane

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

190

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

19. When the process successfully completes, select the Return radial button, then click the Submit button.

20. Click the Return button.

21. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

22. When the process has completes, the Ordinary Text window will display Supreme Controller mode: App.

23. When the process completes, click the Exit button. 24. Close Service Tools.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

191

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

25. On the Host PC, right-click on the Windows Task bar and select Task Manager. 26. Select the Processes Tab, then click on DiagServHost.exe 27. Click the End Process button. 28. Click Yes on the Warning dialog that appears. 29. Exit Windows Task Manager. 30. You must cycle power to the Gantry to complete the programming: a. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). b. After a few minutes, Power on the gantry. 31. This completes programming the GMP.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

192

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

CGMP (Common Gantry Motion Processor) P/N 4535 670 84501 / 4535 670 84502 Depending on your system, there are two ways to program the CGMP: •

For Brilliance 64 systems with version 2.3 or later software, see Program CGMP from the Host PC on page 196.

•

For all other Brilliance Systems, including Brilliance 64 running other versions of software, see Program CGMP from Laptop on page 193 below.

Program CGMP from Laptop NOTE

Refer to the “General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop” on page 33 in the Overview section for more details on JTAG programming. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Install the Xilinx JTAG cable connector to P3 (see Figure 114) as listed in Table 13. Table 13:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

GND

10

NC

TDI TMS TCK TD0 GND

VCC/VREF (+5V) N/C N/C N/C N/C

Figure 114: CGMP JTAG CONNECTOR

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

193

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

3. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the laptop PC. 4. Power ON the gantry. 5. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 10. You will see a message stating “4 Devices Detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that the correct number of devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 11. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window (see Figure 115).

Figure 115: iMPACT Configuration Mode window 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

194

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

12. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 13. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\CGMP folder (see Gantry Firmware Path on page 177), and select the appropriate firmware file for the first device in the chain. Click Open. NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 14. Repeat the procedure for the second, third, and fourth devices in the chain. 15. Right-click on the first device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 16. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 17. Wait for “Programming Successful” message to appear. 18. Right-click on the third device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 19. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 20. Wait for “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 21. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 22. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 23. Remove the Xilinx programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

195

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

Program CGMP from the Host PC NOTE

This procedure is only for Brilliance 64 systems running Brilliance 2.3 or later software. 1. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 2. Push and release the E-Stop button on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. Select Configuration > Controller Utilities (see Figure 116) to launch the Controller Utilities application.

Brilliance 2.3

Brilliance 2.4.x and 2.6.x

Figure 116: Selecting Controller Utilities

6. In the Connect As selection box, select Field Service Engineer. Then click the Connect button.

NOTE

The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller Utilities may require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers. 7. Click Service Mode.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

196

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

8. Click Utilities. The application will now interrogate the CANBUS for controllers.

9. After the application completes the CANBUS interrogation, it will display the controllers and a list of utilities. Scroll down and select the File Configuration check box, then click the Submit button.

10. Click JTAG programmer.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

197

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

11. Click MDP.

12. A file selection window will open. • •

For Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x, navigate to: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\CGMP\XSVF For Brilliance 2.6.x, navigate to: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64-2.4.6\CGMP\XSVF.

Figure 117: Menu selection for Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

198

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

13. Select the file CGMP_xxxxxxxxxxxx_PROG_ALL_REV_X.xsvf and click Open. NOTE For the correct files, see the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

14. Click Return on the Board Selection menu.

15. Click Return on the Application Selection menu.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

199

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

16. Select the MDP and JTAG programmer check boxes (see Figure 118). NOTE The Release number refers to the version of Controller Utilities, and this depends on which version of Brilliance software you have. See the System Software Installation manual for the version of Brilliance software that is currently on your system. 17. Click the Submit button at the bottom of the list. In the User Feedback pane of the Controller Utilities window (see Figure 119) you can view the progress of the flash programming procedure. Do not abort the programming sequence before the process is complete. NOTE The User Feedback information can freeze for a few seconds during normal operation. If the flash programming procedure stops before completion, reboot the Gantry and start again.

Figure 118: MDP and JTAG Programmer

18. When activity appears to stop, verify that the process has completed by scrolling up in the User Feedback pane and looking for the message: MDP: SUCCESS - Completed XSVF execution.

Figure 119: User Feedback Pane

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

200

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

19. When the process successfully completes, select the Return radial button, then click the Submit button.

20. Click the Return button.

21. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

22. When the process has completes, the Ordinary Text window will display Supreme Controller mode: App.

23. When the process completes, click the Exit button. 24. Close Service Tools.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

201

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

25. On the Host PC, right-click on the Windows Task bar, and select Task Manager. 26. Select the Processes Tab, then click on DiagServHost.exe 27. Click the End Process button. 28. Click Yes on the Warning dialog that appears. 29. Exit Windows Task Manager. 30. You must cycle power to the Gantry to complete the programming: a. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). b. After a few minutes, Power on the gantry. 31. This completes programming the CGMP.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

202

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Interface Box (IBox) P/N 4550 140 01011

P2-JTAG connector

RESET Button

1 2

9 10 Figure 120: P2 I-Box Connector

1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Locate the P2 JTAG connector on the I-Box (see Figure 120). 3. Connect the JTAG cable leads to P2 according to Table 14. Table 14:

P2 Connector Pin Number

Pin Name

JTAG Lead

1

TDI/DIN

Green Lead

2

VCC (VREF)

Red Lead

3

TMS/PROG

Yellow Lead

5

TCK/CCLK

Blue Lead

7

TDO/D/P

Purple Lead

10

GND

Black Lead

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

203

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

4. Switch ON the power to the Gantry by pressing the Gantry Power Toggle button on the ACCU unit, or reinstalling the Utility fuses. 5. On the I-Box, press the RESET button twice in order to load the default firmware prior to loading the updated firmware (see Figure 120 on page 203). .

I-Box Programming Procedure 1.

Launch the Xilinx JTAG programmer software.

2. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 3. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 4. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. Figure 121: Operation Mode Selection

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

204

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

5. Right click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain or click on the Initialize Chain button on the tool bar (see Figure 122).

Figure 122: Initialize Chain Button

6. When the message 3 Devices Detected appears (see Figure 123) click OK.

Figure 123: Boundary-Scan Chain Summary

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

205

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

7. When the Assign New Configuration File box (see Figure 124) appears click Cancel All.

Figure 124: Assign New Configuration File Dialog Box

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

206

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

8. The window opens showing the I-Box Prom chain (see Figure 125)

Figure 125: I-Box Chain

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

207

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

9. Define the chain and load the files for programming: a. Double click on the device #1 icon from the beginning of the chain (see Figure 125). The selected device number appears in the lower window (in blue) of the iMPACT. b. The Assign New Configuration File box opens (see Figure 126). c. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\IBox folder (see Gantry Firmware Path on page 177). d. Select the appropriate firmware file for the first device in the chain and click Open. NOTE For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. e. Repeat the procedure for the third device in the chain.

Figure 126: Assign New Configuration Program for

Programming

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

208

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

10. Verify the chain is defined correctly by comparing the file names under each device (see Figure 127) and the appropriate file names. 11. Click on the Device #1 icon and then Ctrl-key-down and click on the devices listed in the software installation instructions to select the devices for programming (see Figure 127). They will become green. 12. Verify that in the lower window a message appears stating that the devices #1 and #3 have been selected (see Figure 127).

Selected device

Figure 127: Chain Selection For Programming

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

209

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

13. From the Operations menu, click Program (see Figure 128); the Program Options window opens. 14. Select the Erase Before Programming and Verify check boxes and then click OK (see Figure 129).

Figure 128: Program Menu

Figure 129: Program Option Window

15. The Operation Status window opens. Wait for “Programming Succeeded” message to appear. You can see the status of the programming in the window below. The programming takes approximately 15 minutes. 16. To verify successful programming again, select the chain according to step 9 or the device you want to verify and then select Verify from the Operations menu. Wait for the “Verify Succeeded” message to appear. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

210

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

Final Steps 1. Select File from the main menu and click on Exit to exit the iMPACT application. 2. Switch power to the Gantry OFF by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button on the ACCU unit (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 3. Remove the Xilinx JTAG Programming cable. 4. Wait at least one minute after powering down the gantry and turn gantry power ON by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 5. Close the Gantry front cover and install the left upper side cover and tighten the screws. 6. Perform a few scans in different modes to verify that the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

211

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

MDP (Main Drive Processor) P/N 4535 664 60131 NOTE

Refer to the “General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop” on page 33 in the Overview section for more details on JTAG programming. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Install the Xilinx JTAG cable connector to P3 (see Figure 130) according to Table 15. 3. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the printer port on the PC. 4. Power ON the gantry. Table 15:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

NC

10

GND

TDI TMS TCK TD0 GND

VCC/VREF (+5V) N/C N/C N/C N/C

Figure 130: MDP JTAG Connector

5. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming application. 6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

212

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 10. You will see a message stating “2 Devices Detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that the correct number of devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 11. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window. 12. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 13. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\MDP folder (see Gantry Firmware Path on page 177) and select the appropriate firmware file. Click Open.

NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 14. Repeat the procedure for the second device in the chain. 15. Right-click on the first device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 16. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 17. Wait for “Programming Successful” message to appear. 18. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 19. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 20. Remove the Xilinx programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

213

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

R2D (Resolver to Digital Board) This procedure applies to R2D boards with the following part numbers: P/N 4535 670 13371, P/N 4535 670 98101, P/N 4535 674 83781. NOTE

Refer to the “General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop” on page 33 in the Overview section for more details on JTAG programming. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Note the P/N on the R2D board (either P/N 4535 670 13371, P/N 4535 670 98101, or P/N 4535 674 83781) so that you can select the correct firmware file. 3. Install the Xilinx JTAG cable connector to P5: Figure 131:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

NC

10

GND

P5

4. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the printer port on the PC. 5. Power ON the gantry. 6. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 7. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 8. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

214

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

9. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 10. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 11. You will see a message stating “1 Device Detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that the correct number of devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 12. The device detected should be displayed in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

215

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

13. When the next Assign New Configuration File box appears, navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\R2D folder (see "Gantry Firmware Path" on page 9-177) and select the appropriate firmware file for your system and R2D board. Click Open. NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 14. Right-click on the device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 15. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 16. Wait for “Programming Successful” message to appear. 17. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 18. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 19. Remove the Xilinx programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

216

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

TDP (Tilt Drive Processor) P/N 4535 665 02391 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Determine if the TDP tilt upgrade kit (P/N 4535 673 07051) has been installed on the system being programmed. The firmware file selection is different for systems with TDP tilt upgrades installed. One way to determine if a TDP tilt upgrade is installed is to remove either the right or left lower column cover and see if a resistor has been installed on a plate behind the tilt drive motor controller as shown in Figure 132 on page 217. See the Brilliance 6-64 CT Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual for instruction for removing the column covers.

TDP TILT DRIVE UPGRADE RESISTOR TILT DRIVE MOTOR CONTROLLER

Figure 132: TDP Tilt Upgrade Resistor (Left Column)

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

217

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

3. Connect the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to P3 (shown in Figure 133) as indicated in Table 16. Table 16:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC (VREF)

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

GND

10

NC

TDI TMS TCK TD0 GND

VCC/VREF (+5V) N/C N/C N/C N/C

Figure 133: TDP JTAG Connector

4. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the PC. 5. Power ON the gantry. 6. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 7. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 8. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 9. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

218

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Stator Components JTAG Programming

10. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 11. You will see a message stating “2 Devices Detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that the correct number of devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 12. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window.

NOTE

In the next step be sure to choose the firmware file according to whether your system has a tilt upgrade or not as was determined in Step 2 on page 217. 13. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. Navigate to the following applicable folder:

NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. a. For Brilliance 6-16P systems navigate to the folder C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\TDP and select the appropriate firmware file. Click Open. b. For Brilliance 40/64 systems without a tilt upgrade resistor (see Figure 132) navigate to the folder: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\TDP\362497_REV_D_no_kit\ (see Gantry Firmware Path on page 177) and select the appropriate firmware file. Click Open. c. For Brilliance 40/64 systems with a tilt upgrade resistor (see Figure 132) navigate to the folder: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\TDP\362497_REV_F_with_kit\ (see Gantry Firmware Path on page 177) and select the appropriate firmware file. Click Open. 14. Repeat the procedure for the second device in the chain. 15. Right-click on the first device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 16. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 17. Wait for “Programming Successful” message to appear. 18. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 19. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 20. Remove the Xilinx programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

219

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming •

Program RHost (P/N 453567017751) from the Host PC on page 221 (for Brilliance 64 systems with version 2.3.x or later software only). See page 221.

•

Program RHost (P/N 453567017751) from a Laptop on page 230 (for all Brilliance Systems). See page 230.

•

Spellman System Control Board P/N 4535 665 02911 on page 240. See page 240.

Refer to the following procedures for programming setup. •

Loading FPGA Files from Firmware CD to Laptop PC on page 18

•

Downloading FPGA Files from a DVD to the Laptop

•

Installing the Xilinx Download Utility on the FSE Laptop on page 18

Gantry Firmware Path The base path for the gantry firmware is shown as: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\. For the actual paths:

NOTE

•

For Brilliance 6/10/16/16p: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.3.x software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.4.7 software: in the Brilliance Big Bore 2.4.7 System Software Installation Manual, see ‘Appendix G - CPM and FPGA Software Versions.’

•

For Brilliance 40/64: see the Brilliance 40/64 Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. All figures with firmware file names in this manual are for example only. For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

220

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

Program RHost (P/N 453567017751) from the Host PC NOTE

This procedure is only for Brilliance 64 systems running Brilliance 2.3 or later software.

! CAUTION

Follow all guidelines for ESD Anti-static protection before performing any service procedure. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Open the gantry front cover. 3. Release the gantry rotor drive motor brake and rotate the rotor clockwise until the X-ray tube is at the 6 o’clock position. This will position the cathode power module on the left with the RHost on top. Apply the motor brake. RHOST ON CATHODE POWER MODULE (see Figure 134)

Figure 134: Cathode Power Module Positioned for RHost JTAG

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

221

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

4. Remove the RHost board cover to access the switches.

Figure 135: Location of switches

5. On the RHost board, set the SW1 and SW2 switches according to Figure 136 on page 222. A switch is ON when it is toward the back of the gantry and OFF when it is toward the front of the gantry. SW2 ON

1

CTS

2

3

4

5

SW2

SW1

6

7

8

ON

1

SW1

CTS

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Figure 136: Switch Settings

NOTE

Note that SW2 is on the left in Figure 136 on page 222 and in Figure 137 on page 222.

Figure 137: Switches SW1 and SW2

6. Replace the RHost board cover. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

222

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

7. Close the gantry front cover. 8. Power on the gantry. 9. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 10. Push and release the E-Stop button on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 11. Login as philips_service. 12. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 13. Select Configuration > Controller Utilities to launch the Controller Utilities application.

Brilliance 2.3

Brilliance 2.4

14. In the Connect As selection box, select Field Service Engineer. Then click the Connect button.

NOTE

The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller Utilities may require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers. 15. Click Service Mode.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

223

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

16. Click Utilities. The application will now interrogate the CANBUS for controllers.

17. After the application completes the CANBUS interrogation, it will display the controllers and a list of utilities. Scroll down and select the File Configuration check box, then click the Submit button.

18. Click JTAG programmer.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

224

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

19. Click Rhost.

20. A file selection window will open. • •

For Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x, navigate to: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\Rhost\XSVF For Brilliance 2.6.x, navigate to: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64-2.4.6\Rhost\XSVF.

Figure 138: Menu selection for Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

225

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

21. Select the file xxxxxxxxxxxx_PROG_ALL_REV_X.xsvf and click Open. NOTE For the correct files, see the Brilliance 40/ 64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

22. Click Return on the Board Selection menu.

23. Click Return on the Application Selection menu.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

226

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

24. Check the RHost and JTAG programmer check boxes (see Figure 139 on page 227). NOTE The Release number refers to the version of Controller Utilities, and this depends on which version of Brilliance software you have. See the System Software Installation manual for the version of Brilliance software that is currently on your system. 25. Click the Submit button at the bottom of the list. In the User Feedback pane (see Figure 140) of the Controller Utilities window you can view flash programming procedure progress. Do not abort the programming sequence before the process is complete. NOTE The User Feedback information can freeze for a few seconds during normal operation. If the flash programming procedure stops before completion, reboot the Gantry and start again.

Figure 139: RHost and JTAG Programmer

26. When activity appears to stop, verify that the process has completed by scrolling up slightly in the User Feedback pane and look for the message MDP: SUCCESS - Completed XSVF execution.

Figure 140: User Feedback pane

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

227

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

27. When the process successfully completes, select the Return radial button, then click the Submit button.

28. Click the Return button.

29. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

30. When the process has completes, the Ordinary Text window will display Supreme Controller mode: App.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

228

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

31. When the process completes, click the Exit button. 32. Close Service Tools.

33. On the Host PC, right-click on the Windows Task bar, and select Task Manager. 34. Select the Processes Tab, then click on DiagServHost.exe 35. Click the End Process button. 36. Click Yes on the Warning dialog that appears. 37. Exit Windows Task Manager. 38. You must cycle power to the Gantry to complete the programming: a. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). b. After a few minutes, Power on the gantry. 39. This completes programming the RHost.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

229

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

Program RHost (P/N 453567017751) from a Laptop NOTE

Refer to the “General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop” on page 33 in the Overview section for more details on JTAG programming. There are two FPGA Download Kits in the field: •

The current USB FPGA Down Load Kit (p/n 453567399891) on page 16 has a USB Xilinx Programming Cable with both Flying Leads and a Ribbon Cable.

•

The previous Parallel FPGA Down Load Kit (p/n 4535467012901) on page 17 has a Parallel Xilinx Programming Cable and Flying Leads only.

NOTE

If you have the USB Kit (p/n 453567399891), the Ribbon Cable is the preferred method to JTAG the RHost due to issues with the switches on the RHost board. To connect your Xilinx cable to the RHost, see: •

Connect Ribbon Cable to Rhost on page 231

•

Connect Flying Leads to RHost on page 234

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

230

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

Connect Ribbon Cable to Rhost 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Open the gantry front cover. 3. Release the gantry rotor drive motor brake and rotate the rotor clockwise until the X-ray tube is at the 6 o’clock position. This will position the cathode power module on the left with the RHost on top. Apply the motor brake.

RHost on Cathode Power Module

Figure 141: Cathode Power Module Positioned for RHost JTAG

4. Remove the RHost board cover to access the switches and JTAG connector.

Figure 142: Location of switches and JTAG connector 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

231

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

5. On the RHost board, verify that all the SW1 and SW2 switches are set to OFF, see Figure 143 on page 232. A switch is ON when it is toward the back of the gantry and OFF when it is toward the front of the gantry. SW2 ON

1

CTS

2

3

4

5

SW2

SW1

6

7

8

ON

1

SW1

CTS

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Figure 143: Switch Settings for Ribbon Cable

NOTE

Note that SW2 is on the left in Figure 143 on page 232 and in Figure 144 on page 232.

NOTE

Switches SW1 and SW2 select which connector is connected to the RHost FPGA for programming. The switch settings in Figure 143 on page 232 properly connect P3 to the RHost FPGA for this programming procedure.

Figure 144: Switches SW1 and SW2

6. With power OFF on the RHost board, attach the Ribbon Cable to P3 (see Figure 145 on page 233).

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

232

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

JTAG CONNECTOR P3 Figure 145: Location of JTAG Connector P3 for Ribbon Cable

7. Connect the other end of the Xilinx JTAG programming cable to the laptop PC. 8. Continue with RHost Programming Procedure on page 237.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

233

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

Connect Flying Leads to RHost NOTE

If you have the USB FPGA Download Kit (p/n 453567399891), the Ribbon Cable is the preferred method to JTAG the RHost due to issues with switches on the RHost board. See Connect Ribbon Cable to Rhost on page 231. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Open the gantry front cover. 3. Release the gantry rotor drive motor brake and rotate the rotor clockwise until the X-ray tube is at the 6 o’clock position. This will position the cathode power module on the left with the RHost on top. Apply the motor brake. RHOST ON CATHODE POWER MODULE (see Figure 146)

Figure 146: Cathode Power Module Positioned for RHost JTAG

4. Remove the RHost board cover to access the switches and JTAG connector. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

234

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Figure 147: Location of switches and JTAG connector

5. On the RHost board, set the SW1 and SW2 switches according to Figure 148 on page 235. A switch is ON when it is toward the back of the gantry and OFF when it is toward the front of the gantry. SW2 ON

1

CTS

2

3

4

5

SW2

SW1

6

7

8

ON

1

SW1

CTS

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Figure 148: Switch Settings for Flying Leads

NOTE Note that SW2 is on the left in Figure 149 on page 235 and in Figure 149 on page 235. NOTE Switches SW1 and SW2 select which connector is connected to the RHost FPGA for programming. The switch settings in Figure 148 on page 235 properly connect P12 to the RHost FPGA for this programming procedure.

Figure 149: Switches SW1 and SW2

6. With power OFF on the RHost board, attach the programmer leads to P12 according to Table 1 and Figure 151 on page 236. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

235

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Figure 150: Table 1: JTAG Connections to P12

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

VCC (VREF)

2

NC

3

GND

4

TCK

5

TDI

6

TMS

7

TDO

JTAG CONNECTOR P12

Figure 151: Locations of JTAG Connector P12

7. Connect the other end of the Xilinx JTAG programming cable to the laptop PC. 8. Continue with RHost Programming Procedure on page 237.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

236

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

RHost Programming Procedure 1. Power on the gantry. 2. Launch the Xilinx Program. 3. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 4. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 5. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 6. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 7. You will see a message stating “x Devices Detected”, where X is the number of devices detected based on which cable you are using.See Figure 152 on page 238 and Figure 153 on page 238. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that the correct number of devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 8. Click OK.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

237

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

9. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window.

Figure 152: When switches are set for the flying leads, four Figure 153: When switches are set to Open for the ribbon cable, devices will appear. The fourth device is an unknown device. three devices will appear. The unknown device will not appear.

10. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 11. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\Rhost folder and select the appropriate firmware file for device 1. Click Open. 12. When the Select Prom window appears (see Figure 154), choose the 18V01_vq44 device and click OK.

Figure 154: PROM Selection Box

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

238

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

13. When the Assign New Configuration File box appears for device 2, browse to C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\Rhost See “Gantry Firmware Path” on page 220., select the appropriate firmware file for device 2 (refer to the applicable software installation instructions for a list of the correct firmware files) and click Open. 14. When the Assign New Configuration File box appears for device 3, click on the Bypass button (no file is programmed into device 3). 15. If you are programming with the flying leads, complete steps a - c. If you are programming with the ribbon cable, skip to Step 16 on page 239. a. When the Unknown Device File Query Box appears asking “Do you have a BSDL or BIT file for this device?”, click the Yes button. b. When the Assign New Configuration File box appears for device 4, navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\Rhost folder, and select the file for device 4. c. Click Open. 16. Right-click on the first device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 17. When the Program Options window appears, select Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 18. Wait for the “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 19. Right-click on the second device outline in the chain, and select Program from the popup menu. 20. When the Program Options window appears, select Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 21. Wait for the “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 22. Exit the programmer application (only devices 1 and 2 get programmed). 23. Click No on the Save File window. 24. Power down the gantry and remove the Xilinx programming cable. NOTE

The Spellman System Control board can be programmed with SW1 and SW2 switches set as listed in Figure 157 on page 241. There is no need to return SW1 and SW2 to any other positions after completing this procedure. 25. If JTAG programming of the Spellman System Control board is not required, replace the RHost board cover, close the gantry front cover and test the system for proper operation.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

239

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Spellman System Control Board P/N 4535 665 02911 NOTE

Refer to the “General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop” on page 33 in the Overview section for more details on JTAG programming. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Open the gantry front cover. 3. Release the gantry rotor drive motor brake and rotate the rotor clockwise until the X-ray tube is at the 6 o’clock position. This will position the cathode power module on the left with the RHost on top as shown in Figure 146 on page 234. 4. Apply the motor brake. 5. Remove the RHost board cover.

SW2

SW1

6. With gantry power OFF, attach the programmer leads to P2 JTAG CONNECTOR P2 on the RHost board according to Table 2 (see Figure 155 on page 240 for the location of P2). 7. Connect the Xilinx JTAG programming cable to the laptop PC. Figure 156: Table 2: JTAG Connections to P2

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

VCC (VREF)

2

NC

3

GND

4

TCK

5

TDI

6

TMS

7

TDO Figure 155: Locations of JTAG Connector P2,

and Switches SW1 and SW2 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

240

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

8. On the RHost board, insure that all the SW1 and SW2 switches are set according to Figure 157 on page 241. In Figure 155 on page 240 a switch is ON when it is toward the back of the gantry and OFF when it is toward the front of the gantry. NOTE

Note that SW2 is on the left in Figure 155 on page 240 and in Figure 157 on page 241.

NOTE

Some SW1 and SW2 switch settings other than those listed in Figure 157 on page 241 or all switches OFF may cause signal interference to P2 connections. The SW1 and SW2 switch settings listed in Figure 157 on page 241 are used because they are the same settings for programming the RHost. SW2

SW1

ON

1

CTS

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

ON

1

CTS

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Figure 157:

9. Power on the gantry. 10. Launch the Xilinx Program. 11. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 12. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 13. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

241

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

14. Right-click in the upper pane of the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. The device should be displayed and selected in the iMPACT window and a Boundary Scan Chain Contents Summary Box as shown below should be displayed. Click OK.

15. When the Assign New Configuration File box appears, navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\Spellman folder (See “Gantry Firmware Path” on page 220.) and select the appropriate firmware file. Click Open. NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 16. When the Select Part Name box appears, select PROM Part Name xc18v01_so20 as shown below.

17. Click on OK.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

242

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

18. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window.

19. Right-click on the device outline, and select Program from the popup menu.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

243

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Rotor Components JTAG Programming

20. On the Program Options box, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes.

21. Click OK. 22. Wait for “Programming Successful” message to appear. 23. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). NOTE

There is no need to return SW1 and SW2 to any other positions after completing this procedure. 24. Power down the gantry. 25. Remove the Xilinx programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

244

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071 Preparing the System This procedure contains instructions for performing JTAG programming of the optical transmitter (Tx). To program the transmitter, it is necessary to be able to open the test point cover (see Figure 158) and to connect the JTAG cable to the test connector. You will need a 10-pin header connector p/n 4535 671 29691 (female-to-female adapter) and an offset philips screwdriver (a Chapman set will work) for this procedure.

WARNING

THIS PROCEDURE IS PERFORMED ON THE REAR OF THE GANTRY WHEN LASER SOURCES ARE ON. WEAR LASER-PROTECTIVE GLASSES WHEN NECESSARY.

Figure 158: Test Points Cover 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

245

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

1. Shut down the Scanner Application if it is running, and open the E-Stop if it is closed. 2. Remove the left upper gantry cover (If needed, the cover removal procedure is in the Brilliance 6-64 Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual.). 3. Power down the gantry using the blue gantry power toggle button according to the section Gantry Power Down on page 324. 4. Remove power from the rotor by opening the Main Drive Fuse holders F357, F358, and F359; the slip ring fuse holders F351, F352, and F353; and rotor power fuse holder F303 (see "Removing Gantry Rotor Power" on page 17-326). 5. Remove the rear cover and cone. (If needed, the rear cover and cone removal procedures are in the Brilliance 664 Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual.) 6. Open the front cover. (If needed, the procedure for opening the front cover is in the Brilliance 6-64 Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual.) 7. Release the rotor drive motor brake and manually rotate the Rotor so that the Tx is in the 6 o’clock position. 8. Apply the motor brake. 9. To allow easier access to the transmitter, mark the position of the rear cone mounting plate at the 6 o’clock position, (see Figure 159) remove the 3 socket-head screws attaching the plate, and remove it. REMOVE SCREWS

Figure 159: Lower Rear Cone Mounting Plate

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

246

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

Connecting the JTAG Programming Cable to the Transmitter To program the transmitter, it is necessary to be able to remove at least three of the screws securing the test point cover and open the cover enough to connect the JTAG cable to the test connector (see Figure 158). It is possible to open the test point cover without moving the transmitter; however, it is difficult. Cover access can be made easier by moving the transmitter. To open the cover without moving the transmitter, skip to the section Connecting the JTAG Programming Cable to the Transmitter on page 247. To move the transmitter for easier cover access, proceed with the following procedure Moving the Transmitter to Access the Programming Connector.

! CAUTION

Follow all guidelines for ESD Anti-static protection before performing any service procedure.

Moving the Transmitter to Access the Programming Connector

! CAUTION

This procedure requires delicate work on the part of the FSE. There are many fiber optic cables leading to the transmitter. Improper handling of tools or unintended pressure applied to the fiber optic cables cause serious damage to the cables resulting in costly and time-consuming repairs and down-time to the scanner. Pay close attention to and follow the instructions listed here. To position the Tx and allow access to the Tx ten-pin JTAG programming connector perform the following:

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

247

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

1. Using a hex key, release and remove the six screws that secure the optical transmitter to the mounting bracket, three on each side. See Figure 160 on page 248 [Left Side] and Figure 161 on page 248.

! CAUTION

Take care not to bend the fiber optic cables on both sides of the optical transmitter!

REMOVE 6 SCREWS (3 EACH END)

Figure 160: Transmitter Mounting Screws

Figure 161: Transmitter Access

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

248

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

2. Cut the cable ties indicated in Figure 162 on page 249 that secure the cable leading to the Tx. 3. To allow easier movement of the transmitter loosen the fiber retention bracket. 4. Move the Tx to the left so that you can access the cable and plate (see Figure 158).

CUT CABLE TIES

Figure 162: Transmitter Cables

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

249

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

Connecting the JTAG Programming Cable NOTE

It is not necessary to completely remove all four screws from the test points cover plate. You can remove three screws and loosen the fourth screw sufficiently so that the cover can be swiveled aside to allow access to the connector as shown in Figure 164 on page 250. 1. Use the offset screwdriver (a Chapman set ratchet and philips bit will work as shown in Figure 163 on page 250) to remove 3 cover screws and loosen the screw to the right of connector P1. Be careful not to drop any of the screws or washers. 2. Set the screws and washers aside for replacement at the end of the procedure.

Figure 163: Using an Offset Screwdriver to Remove

Figure 164: Test Cover Swiveled Out of the Way

Test Cover Screws

(Still Attached by One Screw)

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

250

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

3. Connect the JTAG cable leads to the pins on the 10-pin header connector (see Figure 166 on page 251 and Figure 167 on page 251) according to Figure 165 on page 251 and then plug the adapter into the JTAG connector as shown in Figure 166 on page 251. Make sure that the JTAG connector does not contact the cover. 4. Plug the other end of the JTAG cable into the appropriate connector on the laptop. PIN 1

TDI/DIN - 1 TMS/PROG - 3 TCK/CCLK - 5 N/C - 7 TDO/D/P - 9

2 - N/C 4 - 3V (VCC/VREF) 6 - N/C 8 - GND 10 - N/C

Figure 165: Transmitter JTAG Connector Pin Numbering

Figure 166: 10-pin header connector

(P/N 4535 671 29691)

MAKE SURE COVER IS NOT CONTACTING CONNECTOR Figure 167: JTAG Cable connected to Transmitter

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

251

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

! CAUTION

Ensure that the fiber optic cables are not bent or pressed while performing the procedure. Figure 168 on page 252 shows the JTAG cables during the flash programming procedure.

MAKE SURE COVER IS NOT CONTACTING CONNECTOR Figure 168: JTAG Cable Connection

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

252

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

Programming the Transmitter NOTE

Make sure the power cable to the TX box is securely connected. 1. Close the rotor power fuse holder F303 (see Removing Gantry Rotor Power on page 326). 2. Turn ON power to the Gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 3. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programmer software by double-clicking on the Xilinx icon on the Windows desktop. 4. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears (see Figure 169). Click Cancel. 5. The Operation Mode Selection dialog box opens (see Figure 170). Click Cancel.

Figure 169: Project Selection Box

Figure 170: Operation Mode Selection

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

253

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

6. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 7. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain or click on the Initialize Chain button on the tool bar (see Figure 172). 8. If the message 2 devices detected appears, click OK (see Figure 171). NOTE

If you do not get the message “2 devices detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure.

Figure 172: Initialize Chain Button

Figure 171: Boundary Scan Chain Summary 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

254

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

9. The device chain appears in the iMPACT window with two devices. 10. When the Assign New Configuration File box opens, click Cancel twice. The Xilinx devices should be displayed as shown at right. 11. Define the chain and load the files for programming as follows: a. Double-click on the Device #1 icon from the beginning of the chain. You can see the selected device number in the lower message pane of the iMPACT window. The Assign New Configuration File box opens (see Figure 173). •

For Brilliance 40 navigate to: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance40\SlipRing_Tx folder and select the file ctscan mpx_V16.mcs (refer to the applicable Brilliance 40/64 software installation manual for the correct file for your version of software).

•

For Brilliance 64 navigate to: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\SlipRing_Tx folder and select the file ctscan mpx_V16.mcs (refer to the applicable Brilliance 40/64 software installation manual for the correct file for your version of software).

b. Click Open.

Figure 173: Assign New Configuration File for Programming (BR 40 file shown)

12. Click the Device #1 icon; the icon should turn green.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

255

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

13. From the Operations menu, click Program.

14. When the Program Options window opens, check the Erase Before Programming and Verify check boxes and then click OK.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

256

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

15. The Operation Status window appears. Wait for the “Programming Succeeded” message to appear. You can see the status of the programming in the lower pane of the window (see Figure 174). The programming takes approximately 2 minutes. 16. If you want to verify successful programming again, select the Device #1 icon according to Step 12 on page 255 and then select Operations from the main menu and click on Verify. Wait for the “Verify Succeeded” message to appear.

Figure 174: Device 1 Programmed 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

257

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

BR 40/64 Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming P/N 4535 670 30071

Tx Programming Final Steps 1. Shut down power to the Gantry by pressing the blue Gantry Power Toggle Button (see Gantry Power Down on page 17-324). 2. From the File menu, click Exit to exit the iMPACT application. 3. Remove the Xilinx JTAG Programming cable. 4. Replace the cover plate to the Tx. Apply Loctite 222 to the 4 (3) cover screws, install and tighten them. 5. If the Tx was moved to gain better access to the cover: a. Apply Loctite #222 to the 6 mounting screws and re-attach the Tx to the mounting plate. b. Secure the optical Tx cables released in the beginning of the procedure with cable ties (see Figure 162 on page 11-249). 6. Install the rear cover and cone. (If needed, the rear cover and cone installation procedures are in the Brilliance 664 Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual.) 7. Close the front cover. (If needed, the procedure for closing the front cover is in the Brilliance 6-64 Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual.) 8. Close the Main Drive Fuse holders F357, F358, and F359 and the slip ring fuse holders F351, F352, and F353. 9. Power up the gantry by pressing the blue Gantry Power Toggle Button. 10. Replace the left upper gantry cover (If needed, the cover installation procedure is in the Brilliance 6-64 Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual). 11. Perform a few scans including 1 helical scan to verify that the system is operating properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

258

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Big Bore Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 670 98201)

Big Bore Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 670 98201) NOTE

The Big Bore optical transmitter can only be programmed on systems loaded with version 2.2 or higher software. You will need a Header Connector (female-to-female adapter plug) (p/n 4535 671 29691) for this procedure. The optical transmitter is mounted on the rotor and is accessible from the back of the gantry as shown in Figure 175 on page 259.

Rear View of Gantry

Optical Transmitter

Figure 175: Location of Optical Transmitter with Rotor at Zero Degrees

(Viewed from Rear of Gantry)

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

259

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

NOTE

Big Bore Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 670 98201)

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance Big Bore System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system before beginning this procedure. 1. Set the gantry rotor to zero degrees (X-ray tube at the top). 2. Remove the left upper gantry cover. 3. Shut down the Scanner Application if it is running, and open the E-Stop if it is closed. 4. Power down the gantry according to the section Gantry Power Down on page 324. 5. Remove power from the rotor by opening the Main Drive Fuse holders F357, F358, and F359; the slip ring fuse holders F351, F352, and F353; and rotor power fuse holder F303 (see Removing Gantry Rotor Power on page 326). 6. Remove the rear cover and cone. (If needed, the rear cover and cone removal procedures are in the Big Bore Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual.) The rotor optical transmitter is at the location shown in Figure 176 on page 260. ROTOR TRANSCEIVER ROTOR OPTICAL OPTICAL TRANSMITTER INTERFACE BOX TRANSCEIVER

Figure 176: Rotor Optical Transmitter Location with XRT at Top (From Rear of Gantry)

7. Remove the 4 attaching screws and remove the cover that has a label stating “TEST POINTS UNDERNEATH THIS COVER”. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

260

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Big Bore Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 670 98201)

8. Plug the header connector (male to male adapter) into the programming connector on the transmitter and connect the Xilinx JTAG programmer leads to the header connector according to the chart and pinout diagram in Figure 177 on page 261: . TDI TMS TCK TD01 TD02

N/C 3V (VCC/VREF) N/C GND N/C

J5

Figure 177: Programming Connections to Transmitter

9.

Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the PC.

10. Apply power to the gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 11. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 12. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 13. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

261

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Big Bore Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 670 98201)

14. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 15. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 16. You will see a message stating “1 Device Detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that the correct number of devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 17. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window (see Figure 178). 18. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box for that device will open.

Figure 178: JTAG Device Window 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

262

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Big Bore Optical Transmitter JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 670 98201)

19. Navigate to the C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceXX\SlipRing_TX folder, where XX is:

NOTE

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.3.x software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.4.7 software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore_2.4.7\ For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance Big Bore System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

20. Select the correct .mcs file, and click Open. 21. Right-click on the device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 22. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming, Verify, and Load FPGA check boxes. Click OK. 23. Wait for “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 24. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 25. Power down the gantry by pressing the blue button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 26. Remove the Xilinx programming cable. 27. Install the programming connector cover on the transmitter and attach it with 4 screws. 28. Install the rear cover and cone. (If needed, the rear cover and cone removal procedures are in the Big Bore Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual.) 29. Close the Main Drive Fuse holders F357, F358, and F359 and the slip ring fuse holders F351, F352, and F353. 30. Power ON the gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 31. Return the system to normal and test.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

263

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Big Bore Optical Transceiver Interface Box JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 671 12661)

Big Bore Optical Transceiver Interface Box JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 671 12661) There are two optical transceiver interface boxes, one on the gantry as shown in Figure 179 on page 264 and one on the rotor as shown in Figure 180 on page 264. Both the rotor and the stator Interface boards must be programmed using the procedure in this section. You will need the following part: •

Header Connector (female to female adapter) (p/n 4535 671 29691) OPTICAL TRANSCEIVER

OPTICAL TRANSCEIVER OPTICAL I/F BOX TRANSCEIVER

OPTICAL TRANSCEIVER I/F BOX

Figure 179: Gantry Transceiver Interface Box

Figure 180: Rotor Transceiver Interface Box

(Rotor at Zero Degrees)

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

264

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

WARNING

NOTE

Big Bore Optical Transceiver Interface Box JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 671 12661)

Hazardous voltages are present in the gantry support. Exercise proper precautions to avoid contact with live connections while servicing. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death. For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance Big Bore System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system before beginning this procedure. 1. Shut down the Scanner Application if it is running, and open the E-Stop if it is closed. 2. Power down the gantry according to the procedure Gantry Power Down on page 324. 3. Remove power from the rotor by opening the Main Drive Fuse holders F357, F358, and F359; the slip ring fuse holders F351, F352, and F353; and rotor power fuse holder F303 (see Removing Gantry Rotor Power on page 326). 4. Remove the Rear Cover and Cone. If needed, the rear cover and cone removal procedures are in the Big Bore Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual. 5. On the interface box to be programmed, remove the little plate (attached with two phillips screws) that covers the programming connector J5. 6. Plug the header connector into J5 as shown in Figure 181. Pin 1 - J5 Make sure the Header Connector is not offset from J5, and all 10 pins fit in to the J5 connector. Header Connector attached to J5 on the Interface Board. Figure 181: JTAG Cable Connections to Stator Transceiver Interface Box (Rotor I/F Box is Identical).

7. Connect the Xilinx JTAG programmer leads to the Header Connector according to Table 3 on page 266 and pinout diagram shown in Figure 183 on page 266. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

265

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Big Bore Optical Transceiver Interface Box JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 671 12661)

Header Connector

Figure 182: Table 3: JTAG Connections

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

NC

3

TMS

4

VCC/VREF

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

NC

10

GND

Pin 9 on the Header Connector is left empty.

Figure 183: JTAG Cable Connections to Transceiver Interface Box

8. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the PC. 9. Power ON the gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 10. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 11. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 12. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 13. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

266

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Big Bore Optical Transceiver Interface Box JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 671 12661)

14. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 15. You will see a message stating “2 Devices Detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that the correct number of devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 16. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window. 17. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 18. Navigate to the folder C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\Bi-Dir Interface, where XX is:

NOTE

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.3.x software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.4.7 software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore_2.4.7\ For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance Big Bore System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

19. Select the .mcs file, and click Open. 20. Right-click on the device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 21. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming, Verify, and Load FPGA check boxes. Click OK. 22. Wait for “Programming Successful” message to appear. 23. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 24. Power down the gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 25. Remove the Xilinx programming cable and replace the connector cover on the interface box. 26. The rotor needs to be at zero degrees (X-ray tube at 12:00 position) for convenient access to rotor transceiver interface box. If it is not at 12:00, the rotor should be moved to that position by opening the front cover, releasing rotor drive motor brake and rotating the rotor CLOCKWISE (ONLY), and reapplying the drive motor brake. If needed, the procedure for opening the front cover and releasing the brake can be found in the Big Bore Repair and Replacement Manual. 27. Program the rotor-mounted interface box by repeating the procedure from Step 5 on page 265 to Step 25 on page 267. 28. Reinstall the rear cone and the rear cover. 29. Close the front cover, if was opened. 30. Close the Main Drive Fuse holders F357, F358, and F359 and the slip ring fuse holders F351, F352, and F353. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

267

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Big Bore Optical Transceiver Interface Box JTAG Programming (P/N 4535 671 12661)

31. Power ON the gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button. 32. Reinstall the left upper gantry cover. 33. Verify operation of the system by running a helical scan.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

268

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Patient Table Component Programming There are two ways to program the Patient Table Components: •

From the Host PC. Depending on your system, you can program both the Couch Control Board and ACS Controller from the Host PC. Programming the Couch Control Board from the Host is only available on Brilliance 64 systems running Brilliance 2.3 and 2.4 software. Programming the ACS Controller from the Host is available on all Brilliance Systems. See Program Couch Control Board from the Host PC on page 270, or Program the ACS Controller from Host PC on page 277.

•

From your laptop. You can also program all systems using a direct cable connection from a laptop. See Program Couch Control Board (CCB) from Laptop on page 285, or Programming the ACS Motor Controller Using a Direct Connection on page 293.

Gantry Firmware Path The base path for the gantry firmware is shown as: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\. For the actual paths:

NOTE

•

For Brilliance 6/10/16/16p: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.3.x software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.4.7 software: in the Brilliance Big Bore 2.4.7 System Software Installation Manual, see ‘Appendix G - CPM and FPGA Software Versions.’

•

For Brilliance 40/64: see the Brilliance 40/64 Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. All figures with firmware file names in this manual are for example only. For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

269

Patient Table Component Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Program Couch Control Board from the Host PC NOTE

This procedure is only for Brilliance 64 systems running Brilliance 2.3 or later software. If you have a different system, see Program Couch Control Board (CCB) from Laptop on page 285.

NOTE

This procedure is only for Couch Control Boards with the part number 453566457352.

! CAUTION

Follow all guidelines for ESD Anti-static protection before performing any service procedure. 1. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 2. Push and release the E-Stop button on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. Select Configuration > Controller Utilities (see Figure 184) to launch the Controller Utilities application.

Brilliance 2.3.x

Brilliance 2.4.x and 2.6.x

Figure 184: Selecting Controller Utilities

6. In the Connect As selection box, select Field Service Engineer. Then click the Connect button.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

270

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

NOTE

Patient Table Component Programming

The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller Utilities may require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers. 7. Click Service Mode.

8. Click Utilities. The application will now interrogate the CANBUS for controllers.

9. After the application completes the CANBUS interrogation, it will display the controllers and a list of utilities. Scroll down and select the File Configuration check box, then click the Submit button.

10. Click JTAG programmer.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

271

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

11. Click Couch.

12. A file selection window will open. •

For Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x, navigate to: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64\453567053781_new_CCB\453567315951 XSVF

•

For Brilliance 2.6.x, navigate to: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance642.4.6\453567053781_new_CCB\453567315951 XSVF.

Figure 185: Menu selection for Brilliance 2.3.x and 2.4.x 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

272

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

13. Select the file 453567315951_PROG_ALL_REV_A.xsvf and click Open. NOTE For the correct files, see the Brilliance 40/64 System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

14. Click Return on the Board Selection menu.

15. Click Return on the Application Selection menu.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

273

Patient Table Component Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

16. Select the Couch and JTAG programmer check boxes (see Figure 186 on page 274). NOTE The Release number refers to the version of Controller Utilities, and this depends on which version of Brilliance software you have. See the System Software Installation manual for the version of Brilliance software that is currently on your system. 17. Click the Submit button at the bottom of the list. In the User Feedback pane of the Controller Utilities window (see Figure 187) you can view the progress of the flash programming procedure. Do not abort the programming sequence before the process is complete. NOTE The User Feedback information can freeze for a few seconds during normal operation. If the flash programming procedure stops before completion, reboot the Gantry and start again.

Figure 186: Couch and JTAG Programmer

18. When activity appears to stop, verify that the process has completed by scrolling up in the User Feedback pane and looking for the message: Couch: SUCCESS - Completed XSVF execution.

Figure 187: User Feedback Pane 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

274

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

19. When the process successfully completes, select the Return radial button, then click the Submit button.

20. Click the Return button.

21. Click the Application mode button and wait a few seconds while the process completes.

22. When the process has completes, the Ordinary Text window will display Supreme Controller mode: App.

23. When the process completes, click the Exit button. 24. Close Service Tools.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

275

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

25. On the Host PC, right-click on the Windows Task bar, and select Task Manager. 26. Select the Processes Tab, then click on DiagServHost.exe 27. Click the End Process button. 28. Click Yes on the Warning dialog that appears. 29. Exit Windows Task Manager.

30. You must cycle power to the Couch to complete the programming: a. Remove the left column cover (left as when looking at the front of the gantry). b. On the switch panel turn OFF circuit breaker CB303 (Patient Table and Tilt Power) shown in Figure 194 on page 299 c. After 10 seconds, switch the power to the couch by turning ON the P/T & TILT PWR SUP switch on the ACCU assembly d. Replace the left column cover. e. This completes programming the Couch Control Board. P/T & TILT PWR SUP CB303

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

276

Patient Table Component Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Program the ACS Controller from Host PC You can use this procedure for the following: •

Standard Brilliance Couch on all systems with at least version 2.2.1 of Brilliance software.

•

Bariatric couch on all systems with version 2.3 or later software (except BR64 with version 2.4 software).

You cannot use this procedure for the following, see Programming the ACS Motor Controller Using a Direct Connection on page 293 on to program the ACS with your laptop:

NOTE

•

Bariatric couch on a BR64 running version 2.4 software.

•

Bariatric couch on all systems running pre-2.3 version of software. All figures with firmware file names in this procedure are for example only. For the correct firmware versions, refer to the applicable software installation manual.

1. Log out of the scanner application software, if it is running. 2. Push and release the E-Stop button on the Scan Control box to open the E-stop. 3. Login as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Windows Desktop. 5. In the left pane select Configuration Tools > Controller Utilities (see Figure 188). The Controller Utilities window will be displayed (see Figure 189).

Figure 188: Service Tools Menu

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

277

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

6. In the Connect As selection box (see Figure 189) select Field Service Engineer. 7. Click Connect. 8. Click Service Mode.

Figure 189: Controller Utilities Window

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

278

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

9. Select Connect to Controller.

10. Select Couch Release X.X Bootflash.

11. Select Toolbox.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

279

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

12. Select Galaxy Couch Baseboard.

13. Scroll down and select ACS Motor Controller.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

280

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

14. Check in the User Feedback pane to see if the right file is selected. The User Feedback pane shows the folder where the files are located and the files available. In this example there are two files listed, one for SGL scanners and one for other.

•

The “SGL Type” file is for MX8000 Dual v.EXP couches

•

The “Other Type” file is for Brilliance couches:

453567139461_rev_a.adf is for Standard Brilliance couches. 453567139461_rev_b.adf is compatible with all Brilliance couches including Bariatric. •

Along the bottom of the User Feedback pane, Read C:\usr\diamond.root\Diag\ACS Download\ 453567139461_rev_x.adf shows the file that is selected.

15. If the correct file is selected, skip to Step 16 on page 282. To select a different file, perform the following steps: a. To select a different ACS file, click on “Select ACS Firmware File” from the menu

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

281

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

b. Navigate to the folder C:\usr\diamond.root\Diag\ACS Download\ •

For all standard Brilliance couches: select the file 453567139461_rev_a.adf

•

For all Bariatric couches: select the file 453567139461_rev_b.adf

c. Click the Open button. 16. Once the correct file is selected, click on the Submit Parameter button at the upper left of the main Controller Utilities window (see Figure 189). 17. The selected file should be displayed in the User Feedback pane.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

282

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

18. When the correct file is displayed in the User Feedback pane, click on the button Program ACS Firmware. The User Feedback pane will show the progress and completion.

19. When the message “Programming ACS Complete” appears in the User Feedback pane, click the Return button.

20. Click on the Quit button.

21. Click on Continue.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

283

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

22. Select Return on the next 4 succeeding menus until you see the menu shown below.

23. Select Application Mode. 24. Wait for the message “Supreme Controller Mode: App” in the lower left pane. 25. Close Service Tools. 26. Turn gantry power OFF using the blue gantry power toggle button (on systems not equipped with toggle buttons, open utility fuses F354, F355, and F356). Refer to the Gantry Power Down on page 324. 27. Wait at least 30 seconds and turn gantry power ON. 28. Check the system for proper operation.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

284

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Program Couch Control Board (CCB) from Laptop NOTE

This procedure must be followed to program the CPLD devices on the Couch Control Board (CCB) assembly. These steps must be carefully followed to prevent damage to components and/or the JTAG programmer cable.

NOTE

There are two CCB part numbers: 4535 664 57351 and 4535 664 57352. Check the CCB and write down the part number so you can choose the correct firmware to install. Before starting, refer to the following procedures listed below for programming setup. After your laptop has the correct files, then start with Couch Preparation on page 286. •

Loading FPGA Files from Firmware CD to Laptop PC on page 18

•

Downloading FPGA Files from a DVD to the Laptop on page 31

•

Installing the Xilinx Download Utility on the FSE Laptop on page 18

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

285

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Couch Preparation Before ACS Assembly programming, do the following: 1. Place the couch covers in the service position according to the procedure in the Brilliance CT Patient Support Repair and Replacement manual. 2. Continue with Couch Safety Support Brace Installation on page 287.

WARNING

Use extreme caution when operating or working on equipment with covers removed. Dangerous voltages are exposed when the gantry covers are removed. accidental contact with these voltages may cause serious injury and/or death to service personnel.

WARNING

Scissor-action mechanism is exposed when the couch telescoping base covers are removed. Keep equipment and personnel away from the mechanical action of these parts. Failure to comply may result in equipment damage and/or serious injury and/or death to service personnel.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

286

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Couch Safety Support Brace Installation The vertical support brace is a safety device designed to keep the couch scissors mechanism in the full upright position.

WARNING

Crush Hazard. The vertical support brace must be in place whenever personnel are under the patient support top. If the vertical support is not in place and the patient support top unexpectedly falls it may cause serious personnel injury or death. 1. With the couch still in the service mode as described in the procedure in the Brilliance CT Patient Support Repair and Replacement manual for placing the couch covers in the service position, raise the couch to its maximum height with the table service buttons. 2. Locate the green safety vertical support brace mounted to the face of scissors as shown in Figure 190 on page 288. Cut the tie-wrap that confines the brace cable and remove the brace from the holder. 3. Install the brace as shown in Figure 190 on page 288.

! CAUTION

DO NOT DRIVE THE SCISSORS CARRIAGE INTO THE VERTICAL SUPPORT BRACE. FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL CAUSE SERIOUS DAMAGE TO THE BALLSCREW. 4. Lower the couch slowly. Stop the scissor carriage just before it touches the brace. Do not drive carriage into brace as this may cause misalignment of the vertical drive mechanism. See Figure 190 on page 288.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

287

Patient Table Component Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

VERTICAL SUPPORT BRACE AND HOLDER

TIE WRAP SHOULD BE REPLACED AFTER EACH USE CABLE

C0665-A

PLACEMENT OF VERTICAL SUPPORT BRACE

SCISSOR SLIDE

BALLSCREW

Figure 190: Vertical Support Brace Holder & Placement

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

288

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Couch Control Board JTAG Procedure NOTE

Refer to the “General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop” on page 33 in the Overview section for more details on JTAG programming. 1. On the switch panel turn OFF circuit breaker CB303 (Patient Table and Tilt Power) shown in Figure 194 on page 299

P/T & TILT PWR SUP CB303

Figure 191: Gantry Switch Panel

2. Verify all LEDs are out on CCB.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

289

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

3. Connect the JTAG cable leads to the CCB header P703 as follows: Pin NumberPin Name 10GND 9NC 8NC 7TDO 6NC 5TCK 4NC 3TMS 2VCC 1TDI

P703

Figure 192:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC/VREF

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

NC

10

GND

4. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the printer port on the PC. 5. Switch ON power to the couch by turning ON the P/T & TILT PWR SUP switch on the ACCU assembly. 6. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 7. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 8. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 9. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 10. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

290

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

11. You will see a message stating “3 Devices Detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that the correct number of devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 12. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window (see Figure 193).

Figure 193: iMPACT Configuration Mode Window

13. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File will open. 14. Navigate to one of the following folders: a. On systems with 2.2 or later software and couch control board 453566457352, navigate to the folder C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\ Couch\ 453567053781_new_ccb\ b. On systems with 2.2 o later software and couch control board 453566457351, navigate to the folder C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\ Couch\ 453566457351_old_ccb\ c. On systems with software prior to 2.2, navigate to the folder C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\ Couch\ 45356645735Y_old_CCB\ 15. Select the directory for the correct version and revision of firmware for your version of control board, either \453567024111_rev_? for 453566457351 boards or \453567315951_rev_? for 453566457352 boards. NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 16. Select then the appropriate firmware file for the first device in the chain. Then click Open.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

291

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

17. The second device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 18. In the same folder, select the appropriate firmware file for the second device in the chain. Then click Open. 19. The third device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 20. In the same folder, select the appropriate firmware file for the third device in the chain. Then click Open. NOTE

Hover the mouse over the numeric ID of each Xilinx chip to verify U50 is the first chip in the chain, U51 is the second, and U38 is the third. If the devices are not in the proper order programming will fail. 21. Now go back to the first device and right-click on the device outline. Select Program from the pop-up menu. The Program Options box should be displayed. 22. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify check boxes. 23. Click OK. 24. Wait for the “Programming Successful” Message to appear. 25. Repeat Step 21 on page 292 to Step 23 on page 292 for the other 2 devices. 26. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window).

Final Steps 1. Switch the power to the couch by turning OFF the P/T & TILT PWR SUP switch on the ACCU assembly. 2. Remove the JTAG programming cable. 3. Switch the power to the couch by turning ON the P/T & TILT PWR SUP switch on the ACCU assembly. 4. Remove the safety support and close the couch covers. 5. Perform a few scans to ensure the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

292

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Programming the ACS Motor Controller Using a Direct Connection Introduction This section describes the procedure for loading software onto the ACS motion controller using a direct cable connection from a laptop PC (see Loading the Program File to the ACS Controller on page 301.) Software can also be loaded to the ACS controller from the host using Service Tools. The procedure for loading software to the ACS from the host in the section Program the ACS Controller from Host PC on page 277. As a precaution, the current ACS programs will be saved to a file (see Saving the Current ACS Program on page 303). If for any reason there is a problem loading the new files, these saved files can be used to restore the ACS to its previous state. In this case, browse to the “Save Old” folder and substitute the saved file names for the ones indicated in this procedure. After successfully saving the old files, the unit will then be programmed with the new code (see Loading New Programming to the ACS Controller on page 306.

Equipment Needed •

Laptop PC with Serial Port

•

ACS Programming Tool Kit P/N 4535 670 26041 containing: •

ACS Software Tools CD P/N 4535 670 27431

•

Null Modem Serial Cable P/N 4535 670 28071 (9 pin female DB to 9 pin female DB pins 2 and 3 crossed)

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

293

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Safety

! Follow all safety guidelines as described in the Brilliance safety Guidelines Manual. Failure to do so can result in severe personal injury.

WARNING

Laptop Computer Preparation Installing Firmware Files onto the Laptop •

For Brilliance 40 and 64 systems with 2.2.x or earlier software that have the firmware on the host software DVD, see Downloading FPGA Files from a DVD to the Laptop on page 31

•

For all other systems that have the firmware on a separate Firmware CD, see Loading FPGA Files from Firmware CD to Laptop PC on page 18

Installing the ACS Program onto the Laptop 1. Using Windows Explorer, navigate to one of the following folders: (For 2.2.1 software, the same version of ACS programming software is in both folders.) a. For standard patient supports navigate to folder C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\Couch\ACS Program. b. For bariatric patient supports navigate to folder: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\ Couch_Bariatric 4535 673 91361\ACS Program. 2. Double-click on the file setup.exe. 3. In the Run box, right-click on the OK button.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

294

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

4. On the Welcome dialog, click Next.

5. On the “Choose Destination” dialog, leave the default destination folder selected, then click Next.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

295

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

6. In the “Select Components” dialog box, left click on each item in the Components box to remove the check mark, except leave the check mark for ACS Tools VX.XX as shown below. When only ACS Tools VX.XX is selected, click Next.

7. Leave the default folder selected as shown below, and click Next.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

296

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

8. Setup will run, and when complete will display the “Setup complete” dialog. Leave the radio button next to “Yes I want to restart my computer now” selected, and click Finish.

9. Continue with Couch Preparation on page 298

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

297

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Couch Preparation Before ACS Assembly programming, do the following:

WARNING

USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN OPERATING OR WORKING ON EQUIPMENT WITH COVERS REMOVED. DANGEROUS VOLTAGES ARE EXPOSED WHEN THE GANTRY COVERS ARE REMOVED. ACCIDENTAL CONTACT WITH THESE VOLTAGES MAY CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/ OR DEATH TO SERVICE PERSONNEL. 1. Place the couch covers in the service position according to the procedure in the Brilliance CT Patient Support Repair and Replacement manual. 2. Install the couch safety support brace according to the section “Couch Safety Support Brace Installation” on page 287.

WARNING

CRUSH HAZARD. THE VERTICAL SUPPORT BRACE MUST BE IN PLACE WHENEVER PERSONNEL ARE UNDER THE PATIENT SUPPORT TOP. IF THE VERTICAL SUPPORT IS NOT IN PLACE AND THE PATIENT SUPPORT TOP UNEXPECTEDLY FALLS IT MAY CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONEL INJURY OR DEATH.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

298

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

WARNING

Patient Table Component Programming

SCISSOR-ACTION MECHANISM IS EXPOSED WHEN THE COUCH TELESCOPING BASE COVERS ARE REMOVED. KEEP EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL AWAY FROM THE MECHANICAL ACTION OF THESE PARTS. FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY RESULT IN EQUIPMENT DAMAGE AND/OR SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DEATH TO SERVICE PERSONNEL. 3. On the switch panel turn OFF circuit breaker CB303 (Patient Table and Tilt Power) shown in Figure 194 on page 299

P/T & TILT PWR SUP CB303

Figure 194: Gantry Switch Panel 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

299

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

4. See the graphic at right for the location of the ACS assembly. 5. Disconnect the cable from the J1 connector of the ACS assembly. 6. Connect the null modem serial cable delivered with the kit. 7. Connect the other end of the cable to the laptop serial port.

ACS assembly is located under the couch cover in this area.

8. Switch the power to the couch by turning ON the P/T & TILT PWR SUP switch on the ACCU assembly (see Figure 191).

ACS assembly, J1 connector

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

300

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Loading the Program File to the ACS Controller Setting the Communication Speed When the ACS Software Tools Package is first installed, it will be set for a default communication speed of 9600 baud. If you receive an ACS Motion Control box that has not yet been programmed, the baud rate will be the default value of 9600 baud. and the ACS programmer can be left at 9600 baud. If the ACS programmer has previously been set to 38,400 baud, it will have to be reset to 9600 baud according to the following procedure. After an ACS Motion Control has been programmed, its communication speed will automatically be set to 38,400 baud. If the ACS Software Tools Package’s communication speed has been set to 9600 baud, it must be set back to 38,400 baud according to the following procedure for subsequent programming operations on previously programmed ACS controllers. Set the ACS program’s baud rate as follows: 1. Start the ACS Adjuster Program by selecting Start > All Programs > ACS-Tech80 SBSeries V1.10 > ACS Adjuster V4.10. (The program file can also be started by running file jst.exe typically at the location: C:\Program Files\ACSTech80\ACS-Tech80 SB Series V1.10.) 2. If communication is not established between the controller and the laptop PC, a message will be displayed stating that the controller is not responding. This may indicate that the ACS program and the controller are set to different communication speeds. Click OK. The ACS adjuster menu shown in Figure 195 on page 301 should be displayed. 3. On the top tool bar click on “Settings” and select “Communication…” from the drop-down menu:

Figure 195: ACS Adjuster

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

301

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

4. A Communications Settings box will open. Select the correct baud rate from the drop-down menu, either 9600 baud for new controllers or 38,400 baud for previously programmed controllers. Leave the serial port set to COM1 for now; click on “Connect”.

5. If the program is now communicating with the controller, you should see a message in the bottom of the ACS Adjuster window similar to what is shown below.

6. If the “Communication ON” message shown above is not displayed, re-select Communication Settings according to Step 3 on page 301 change the serial port to COM2.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

302

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Saving the Current ACS Program If for any reason there is a problem loading the new files, these saved files can be used to restore the ACS to its previous state. In this case, browse to the “Save Old” folder and substitute the saved file names for the ones indicated in this procedure. NOTE

Do not close E-stop. E-Stop must be open to complete this procedure. Run ACS Saver Program as follows: 1. Set the communication speed of the ACS program to match the speed of the controller according to the preceding section Setting the Communication Speed on page 301.

NOTE

If you receive an ACS that has never been programmed before the baud rate will be the default value of 9600 baud and there is nothing to save. 2. With Windows Explorer, navigate to C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\Couch\ACSdownloadfiles. 3. In this Directory, create a new folder called SaveOld. 4. Close Windows Explorer. 5. On the Windows desktop select Start > All Programs > ACS-Tech80 SBSeries V1.10 > ACS Saver. (The program file can also be started by running file Saver.exe typically at the location: C:\Program Files\ACS-Tech80\ACS-Tech80 SB Series V1.10.) You should see the ACS Saver box shown at right. 6. On the Application Tab, click Browse. 7. In the file selection box navigate to the SaveOld folder created in Step 3 on page 303. 8. Name the file ACS_code_old.apl. 9. Click Open. 10. On the Application Tab, add name, machine serial number, and remarks.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

303

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

11. Click on the Save Options tab. 12. Set the options as indicated in the graphic. Do not check Y, Z or T axis boxes.

13. Click on the Communication tab. 14. Select the communication port for the attached serial cable. 15. Set the baud rate to match the rate previously selected. 16. Set other options as indicated in the graphic. 17. Click Save.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

304

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

18. If a box opens indicating that the “files… already exist… Replace existing files?” click “Yes”. 19. An Information box opens to indicate what will and will not be saved (see Figure 196). Click “OK”. 20. The Report tab is automatically selected and, after a while the message “Saving terminated successfully” should be displayed (see Figure 197). NOTE

If you are running Microsoft XP with Service Pack 2 on your laptop, the display in the Report tab may hang, and you may not see the “Saving terminated successfully” message. The save DID complete successfully, it is just the display that hangs. 21. Click Close to exit the ACS Saver program.

Figure 196: ACS Saver Information

Figure 197: Saving Successful

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

305

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Loading New Programming to the ACS Controller Perform this procedure to load new code into the ACS assembly. Run the ACS Loader program as follows: 1. Click Start > All Programs > ACS-Tech80 SBSeries V1.10 > ACS Loader. 2. On the Application tab, click Browse and in the file selection box navigate to the folder for your system: •

•

For standard patient supports navigate to folder: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\Couch\ACSdownloadfiles\ 453567139461_rev(X), and select file 453567139461_REV_(X).APL (see the applicable software installation manual for the correct file).

Service Engineer

For bariatric patient supports navigate to folder: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\Couch_Bariatric 4535 673 91361\ACS download files\453567139471_rev_(X) and Select file 453567139461_REV_(X).apl (see the applicable software installation manual for the correct file).

NOTE For BR64 systems with 2.2.1 SW, the firmware CD will need to be loaded. 3. Click Open and verify file path in the field on the Application tab. NOTE The Bariatric Couch program file must be used on Bariatric Couches and can be used on all Brilliance Couches. 4. Click on the Communication tab. 5. Select the communication port for the attached serial cable. 6. Set the baud rate to the previously determined value. NOTE If this ACS has never been programmed, the baud rate must be set to 9600 baud. 7. Click on Load. The download of the new ACS code begins.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

306

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

8. Verify that the “Report” indicates “Loading terminated successfully” and the checksums match correctly. If this operation is not successful, see “Possible ACS Programming Problems” on page 308 at the end of this section. NOTE If you are running Microsoft XP with Service Pack 2 on your laptop, the display in the Report tab may hang, and you may not see the “Saving terminated successfully” message. The save DID complete successfully, it is just the display that hangs. 9. Click Close to exit the Loader Program.

Final Steps 1. Switch the power to the couch by turning OFF the P/T & TILT PWR SUP switch on the ACCU assembly. 2. Remove the programming cable and reconnect the previously disconnected cable to the J1 connector. 3. Switch the power to the couch by turning ON the P/T & TILT PWR SUP switch on the ACCU assembly. 4. Remove the safety support and close the couch covers. 5. Perform a few scans to ensure the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

307

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Possible ACS Programming Problems Communication Link Not Established If the error message “Communication Link Has Not Been Established” displayed as shown in Figure 198 on page 308, check the baud rate, port settings, and ACS power. The MP_ON LED on ACS should be illuminated. If this LED is not illuminated, reset the CPM on the Couch Control board. If the LED is still not illuminated, check for Couch power and cabling to ACS. NOTE

Note: If the ACS serial connector is removed with power on and E-Stop closed, the CPM will remove power from the ACS. A CPM reboot will restore ACS power.

Figure 198: Communication Link Not Established 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

308

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Patient Table Component Programming

Communication Channel Error The “Communication Channel Error” shown in Figure 199 on page 309 will be displayed when attempting to program a new controller that is set to the default communication speed of 9600 baud and the ACS program is set to 38400 baud. If this occurs, reset the ACS programming software to 9600 baud according to the section “Setting the Communication Speed” on page 301. If this message appears while programming at a new controller at 9600 baud, this is normal does not indicate a problem. The Philips ACS controller program software changes the controller’s default baud rate from 9600 to 38400 baud. When SAVE is selected at the end of the programming procedure, the ACS controller is set for 38400 baud while the ACS programming software on the laptop PC is still at 9600 baud. Therefore, there is a communication setting difference that produces this error.

Figure 199: Communication Channel Error 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

309

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Workstation Components JTAG Programming

Workstation Components JTAG Programming This section lists programming procedures for the following: •

CT Box Controller P/N 4535 670 19011 on page 311

•

CIRS Component Programming on page 313 •

Acquisitor Board FPGA Programming on page 313

•

3DBP Board FPGA Programming on page 316

For CT Box Controller programming, refer to the following procedures for programming setup. •

Loading FPGA Files from Firmware CD to Laptop PC on page 18

•

Downloading FPGA Files from a DVD to the Laptop

•

Installing the Xilinx Download Utility on the FSE Laptop on page 18

Gantry Firmware Path The base path for the gantry firmware is shown as: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\. For the actual paths:

NOTE

•

For Brilliance 6/10/16/16p: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_Brilliance16\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.3.x software: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW_BrillianceBigBore\

•

For Brilliance Big Bore with 2.4.7 software: in the Brilliance Big Bore 2.4.7 System Software Installation Manual, see ‘Appendix G - CPM and FPGA Software Versions.’

•

For Brilliance 40/64: see the Brilliance 40/64 Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. All figures with firmware file names in this manual are for example only. For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

310

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Workstation Components JTAG Programming

! CAUTION

Follow all guidelines for ESD Anti-static protection before performing any service procedure.

CT Box Controller P/N 4535 670 19011 NOTE

Refer to the “General JTAG Programming Procedure from a Laptop” on page 33 in the Overview section for more details on JTAG programming. 1. Power down the gantry (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 2. Connect the Xilinx JTAG cable leads to connector P6 according to Table 4. 3. Connect the other end of the JTAG cable to the laptop PC. .

Table 4:

Pin Number

Pin Name

1

TDI

2

VCC/VREF

3

TMS

4

NC

5

TCK

6

NC

7

TDO

8

NC

9

GND

10

NC

4. Power ON the gantry. 5. Launch the Xilinx JTAG programming software application. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

311

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Workstation Components JTAG Programming

6. For Xilinx 7.1i software, a Project Selection box appears. Click Cancel. 7. When the Operation Mode Selection box appears, click Cancel. 8. If you are using a USB JTAG cable, set the communication speed to 750 KHz as follows: a. On the iMPACT Configuration Mode menu bar, click on Output and select Cable Setup from the drop-down menu. You can also right-click in the white window area, and select Cable Setup from the menu that appears. b. On the Cable Communication Setup dialog, select Platform Cable USB, Select Speed, Local Cable Location, and the USB port used on your laptop. c. Click OK. d. In the TCK Speed/Baud Rate select 750 KHz. e. Click OK. 9. Right-click in the iMPACT window and choose Initialize Chain from the pop-up menu. 10. You will see a message stating “1 Device Detected”. Click OK. NOTE

If you do not get a message indicating that the correct number of devices were detected, exit out of the iMPACT program, check for proper JTAG cable connections and restart the procedure. 11. The device chain will appear in the iMPACT Configuration Mode window. 12. The first device in the chain will turn green, and an Assign New Configuration File box will open. 13. Navigate to the folder C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWXX\CTBox (see Gantry Firmware Path on page 310). 14. Select the appropriate firmware file and click Open.

NOTE

For the correct files, see “CPM and FPGA Software Versions” in the Brilliance System Software Installation Manual for the version of software on your system. 15. Right-click on the device outline, and select Program from the popup menu. 16. On the Program Options window, select the Erase before Programming and Verify boxes. Click OK. 17. Wait for “Programming Successful” message to appear. 18. Exit the programmer application (click No on the Save File window). 19. Power down the gantry by pressing the blue gantry power toggle button (see Gantry Power Down on page 324). 20. Remove the Xilinx programming cable.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

312

Workstation Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

CIRS Component Programming This section describes procedures for the following: •

Acquisitor Board FPGA Programming on page 313

•

3DBP Board FPGA Programming on page 316

Acquisitor Board FPGA Programming 1. From the host open a Remote Desktop to log on to S1 as follows: a. On the Host Windows desktop, doubleclick on the CIRS Folder. b. In the CIRS folder window, double-click on the Recon-S1 icon. c. Log in as philips_service. 2. On the S1 Desktop, double-click on the ACQ Diagnostics icon to start the CIRS Acquisition Board Diagnostics application. The CIRS Acquisition Board Diagnostics window shown in Figure 200 on page 313 will be displayed. 3. Click JTAG Download to launch the JTAG Download window.

Figure 200: CIRS Acquisition Board Diagnostics Window

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

313

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Workstation Components JTAG Programming

4. In the JTAG Download window: •

For BR 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power, select “Bypass verify and download FPGA file”.

•

For BR40 or Big Bore, select “Bypass verify and download FPGA file”.

•

For BR64 with 2.2.x - 2.3 software, select “Bypass verify and download FPGA file”.

•

For BR64 with 2.4 software, use the default option “Verify the update is required before download of FPGA file”.

5. Click OK. 6. In the JTAG Download window select Select File. NOTE Starting with version 2.2 software the files in the following step will not have a version (_vxx) listed. 7. Navigate to the C:\ProgramFiles\Philips\CIRS\AcqGem folder and: •

For BR 6/10/16 (air) and 16 Power, select the file ACQ16_vxx.svf, where vxx is the version.

•

For BR40 or Big Bore, select the file ACQ64_vxx.svf, where vxx is the version.

•

For BR64 with 2.2.x - 2.3 software, select the file ACQ64X_vxx.svf, where vxx is the version.

•

For BR64 with 2.4 software, select the file ACQ64X_FPGA

8. Click Open. 9. On the JTAG Download window, Click OK.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

314

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Workstation Components JTAG Programming

10. On the JTAG Download window, click OK. If the FPGA version is already up-to-date, the dialog box shown below will indicate that the update will not be done. If this message appears, click OK and skip to Step 13 on page 315.

11. If the JTAG file is not up to date, the file will be downloaded which will take about 1 or 2 minutes. After the download successfully completes, the message shown below will appear

12. Click OK. NOTE

The downloaded programming file for the FPGA will not take effect until the power to the board is cycled. 13. In the CIRS Acquisition Board Diagnostics window, click Quit. 14. Right-click on the lower task bar (on the lower window) and select Task Manager. The Task Manager window should be displayed. 15. In the Task Manager window, select Shutdown from the top menu bar, and then select Turn Off. Windows will shut down the server, the connection will be lost and the host Windows desktop will return to the screen. 16. Power on the server by depressing and holding the switch on the front of the server until the green light to the left of the switch illuminates. 17. After S1 powers up, wait three minutes, then use Remote Desktop to connect to S1. 18. After logging on to S1, the Found New Hardware Wizard may appear. If so, select the default “Install Automatically” option. Click Next, then Finish.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

315

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Workstation Components JTAG Programming

3DBP Board FPGA Programming Update 3DBP board FPGA as follows: 1. From the host service desktop, open the CIRS folder. 2. Double-click on the Recon icon for the server containing the 3DBP board. 3. Log in as philips_service. 4. Double-click on the 3DBP Diagnostics icon (shown at the left) to start the CIRS 3DBP Board Diagnostics application. 5. In the Hardware Configuration box at the upper left of the 3DBP Board Diagnostics window, note the No. of ASICs of the installed board, either 2 or 6 (they use different firmware files).

6. Click on the JTAG Download, button in the lower right of the diagnostics window to launch the JTAG Download window.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

316

Workstation Components JTAG Programming

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

7. In the JTAG Download options, make sure that the radio button is selected for “Verify that the update is required before download of FPGA file”.

8. In the JTAG Download window, click the Select File button. 9. Navigate to the C:\ProgramFiles\Philips\CIRS\3DBP folder. 10. There should be two files in the 3DBP folder. File 3DBP_FPGA.svf is for 6ASIC boards and file 3DBPLC_FPGA.svf is for 2 ASIC boards. Select the file that is correct for your 3DBP.

NOTE The No. of ASICs of the installed board is displayed in the Hardware Configuration box at the upper left of the 3DBP Board Diagnostics window.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

317

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Workstation Components JTAG Programming

11. Click the Open button. 12. In the JTAG Download window, click OK. If the FPGA version is already up-to-date, the dialog box shown below will indicate that the update will not be done. If this message appears, click OK and skip to Step 20 on page 319 to run 3DBP diagnostics.

13. If the JTAG file is not up to date, the file will be downloaded which will take about 1 minute. After the download successfully completes, the message shown below will appear.

14. Click OK. 15. In the CIRS 3DBP Board Diagnostics window, click Quit. 16. Power down the server as follows: a. Right-click on the lower task bar (on the lower window) and select Task Manager. The Task Manager window should be displayed. b. In the Task Manager window, select Shutdown from the top menu bar, and then select Turn Off. Windows will shut down the server, the connection will be lost and the host Windows desktop will return to the screen. 17. Power up the server by pressing the switch on the front of the server. 18. Once the server has booted up, wait three minutes, then use Remote Desktop to connect to the server.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

318

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Workstation Components JTAG Programming

19. Double-click on the 3DBP Diagnostics icon to start the CIRS 3DBP Board Diagnostics application.

20. If all of the tests are not selected as shown above, select them all by clicking on the Select All/None button. 21. Click on the Run Selected button. 22. In the Run Selected Tests dialog box, select the radio button for “Run tests by loop count” enter a loop count of 1, and click on OK.

23. The tests will take about 2.5 minutes to run. While the tests are running, the Diagnostic Execution Bar will show progress, and the numbers in the Tests completed, Tests Remaining, and Tests Passed should increment. 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

319

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Workstation Components JTAG Programming

24. Look at the diagnostic report. Scroll up as necessary to make sure that all 19 tests passed with no errors and that the Projection Unit Test passed.

25. When finished, click on the Quit button to exit.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

320

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Burn CPM Boot and Application Flash and Restore NVRAM

Burn CPM Boot and Application Flash and Restore NVRAM Whenever a system circuit board is replaced that has a CPM module on it, the CPM must have the boot-up program and application data loaded or “flashed” and it must also have previous calibration and system data loaded into NVRAM (assuming it was previously saved). This section contains procedures for performing those actions. A complete explanation of these functions can be found in the applicable diagnostics manual. NOTE

The revisions displayed in the menus on your system will depend on the system software version and may not match the revisions shown in the illustrations in this section. Before starting the system must be fully functional and the E-Stop closed. Reburn the CPM boot and application flash and restore the NVRAM as follows: 1. If the scanner application is running, logoff: a. Bring up the scanner application Home menu by clicking on the Home tab along the top of the window. b. On the scanner application Home menu left panel, click on the Logout button. 2. Push and release the E-Stop button on the Scan Control box. 3. Log in as philips_service. 4. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Desktop. Depending on the software version, you will see a Service Tools menu as shown in Figure 201 on page 321. 5. Depending on the software version, select General (Tools) > CPM Software Version, and verify that all of the controllers are booted and are properly responding to the CAN bus. 6. Select Configuration (Tools) > Controller Utilities. 7. On the Controller Utilities, in the “Connect As” field, select Field Service Engineer. 8. Click the Connect button.

Brilliance 2.x.x - 2.3

Brilliance 2.4.X and 2.6.x

Figure 201: Example Service Tools

9. Select Service Mode. The system may take a few seconds to respond. 10. Select Utilities. The system may take a few seconds to respond.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

321

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

NOTE

Burn CPM Boot and Application Flash and Restore NVRAM

The menu must list all system controllers. Controllers not responding will not be listed. A TDP controller will also be listed if the system does not have a GMP. 11. Click on the boxes for all the boards to select them (GHOST, Couch, MDP, TDP, RHOST, DMC). 12. Click on the Save NVRAM box. 13. Click on the RAM downloader box. 14. Click on the Back up boot flash burner box. 15. Click on the Boot flash burner box. 16. Click on the Application flash burner box. 17. Click on the Controller reset box. 18. Click on Submit (you may have to scroll down to get to the button). 19. The progress and completion of events is reported in the User Feedback window, and you can scroll up to look at previous messages. The burn process takes some time. After the process completes, the Return Radio button will become active, and the text scrolling in the User Feedback window will stop. 20. Click the Return radio button, when it becomes active. 21. Click Submit. 22. Click Return. 23. After a period of time, select Application mode. 24. Exit Service Tools. 25. Right-click on the Windows Task bar, and select Task Manager. 26. Select the Processes Tab, then click on DiagServHost.exe to highlight it. 27. Click the End Process button, and answer Yes to the popup that appears. 28. Exit Windows Task Manager. 29. Cycle power to the scanner via the Gantry Reboot button (or Utility fuses). Wait at least 1 minute between turning OFF and then ON.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

322

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Burn CPM Boot and Application Flash and Restore NVRAM

30. Once the gantry powers up, verify the flash has been updated as follows: a. Login as philips_service. b. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Desktop. c. Select General (Tools) > CPM Software Versions. d. Verify that the CPM software versions match the CPM software versions listed in the CPM Boot and Applications Flash Versions appendix in the applicable Brilliance CT Software Installation Manual. 31. Perform a few scans to ensure that the system is functioning properly.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

323

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Power Down

Gantry Power Down This procedure will shut down all gantry power except for incoming power and will leave power on to the host and the CIRS. There are two ways to shut off power: the Blue Button on the side of the Gantry Switch Panel, or pulling the Utility Transformer Fuses. 1. Ensure that the key switch on the scan control box is OFF. 2. If the scanner application is running: a. Bring up the scanner application Home menu by clicking on the Home tab along the top of the window. b. On the scanner application Home menu left panel, click on the Logout button.

WARNING

Hazardous voltages are present in the gantry support. Exercise proper precautions to avoid contact with live connections while servicing. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death. 3. Remove the left upper gantry support cover according to the Gantry RH/LH Upper Side Cover Removal procedure in the appropriate Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual for the system being serviced.

! CAUTION

THE BLUE BUTTON IS A TOGGLE SWITCH. PRESSING IT ONCE TOGGLES IT OFF; PRESSING IT AGAIN TOGGLES IT ON. BE SURE TO WAIT AT LEAST 30 SECONDS AFTER TOGGLING IT OFF BEFORE TURNING IT BACK ON AGAIN OR SOME FUSES MAY BLOW.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

324

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Power Down

4. Momentarily press and release the blue gantry power toggle button on the side of the gantry switch panel as shown in. This will de-energize the utility contactor (UTK). If your system does not have a blue button, skip to Step 5 on page 325. BLUE GANTRY POWER TOGGLE BUTTON

Figure 202: Gantry Power Toggle Button

5. On systems that do not have the blue button, remove fuses F354, F355, and F356 as shown in Figure 203 on page 325. UTILITY FUSES F354, F355, F356

Figure 203: Utility Transformer Fuses

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

325

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Power Down

Removing Gantry Rotor Power

WARNING

Hazardous voltages are present in the gantry. Exercise proper precautions to avoid contact with live connections while servicing. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death. To only remove power the components mounted on the gantry rotor without removing power to the entire gantry: 1. Ensure that the key switch on the scan control box is OFF. 2. If the scanner application is running, bring up the application Home menu by clicking on the Home tab along the top of the window. 3. On the application Home menu left panel, click on the Logout button. 4. Remove the left upper gantry support cover according to the Gantry RH/LH Upper Side Cover Removal procedure in the appropriate Gantry Repair and Replacement Manual for the system being serviced. 5. Open fuse holders F351, F352, and F353 shown below. This removes 480 VAC from the brush blocks. 6. Open rotor power fuse holder F303. This removes 120 VAC from the rotor components. SLIP RING FUSES F351, F352, F353

ROTOR POWER FUSE F303

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

326

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Gantry Power Down

Removing Power to Rotor Main Drive

WARNING

Hazardous voltages are present in the gantry. Exercise proper precautions to avoid contact with live connections while servicing. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death. When the rotor is being serviced it is often a good practice to remove rotor main drive power in addition to removing the power to the rotor to make sure the rotor cannot rotate. To remove rotor main drive power: 1. Open fuse holders F357, F358, and F359 shown in Figure 204 on page 327. This removes power to the rotor main drive motor. MAIN DRIVE FUSES F357, F358, F359

Figure 204: Rotor Main Drive Fuses 4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

327

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Appendix A: Connect Programming Cable Between RCOM and DMC16

Appendix A: Connect Programming Cable Between RCOM and DMC16 This cable should already be connected between the RCOM and DMC16 in the system. If the cable is not connected, connect the cable between the RCOM and the DMC16 as follows: 1. Route the cable to connector J9 on the RCOM (see Figure 205). The broad side of the connector (five pin row) should face the rear of the Gantry. 2. Connect the connector and secure with the screws. 3. Route the cable along the main harness connecting the DMC and the RCOM (see Figure 206).

Black cable Figure 205: RCOM Cable Connection Near LEDs

Figure 206: Cable Routing

4. Route the other end of the cable to connector P22 on the DMC16. Figure 207 shows the cable connected to P22.

Figure 207: Connect to DMC16

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

328

BrillianceTM CT 6/10/16/40/64-slice (air), and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Manual Rev K

Appendix B - Detector Module Locations

Appendix B - Detector Module Locations The following graphic displays the detector module locations in the DMS as supplied by Philips. When programming an individual detector module (APDM), select the .xsvf file that corresponds to the location of the module you replaced.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

329

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Appendix C - Brilliance 64 DMS Type Identification

Appendix C - Brilliance 64 DMS Type Identification There are two methods: The CPM Version or DMS label. Follow the instructions below to identify and record the Brilliance 64 DMS type.

BR 64 DMS Identification from the CPM Version List 1. Log On as philips_service. 2. Double-click the Service Tools icon on the Desktop. 3. Click General Tools. 4. Click CPM Versions. The CPM Version list appears. 5. Identify the BR 64 DMS type reading the DMC HW10 RCOM Ver: •

UDMS - the value is FFFFB450

•

TDMS - the value is FFFFD505

6. Close the Service Tools window.

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

330

BrillianceTM CT 6, 10, 16, 16 Power, 40, 64, and Big Bore System JTAG Programming Rev K

Appendix C - Brilliance 64 DMS Type Identification

BR 64 DMS Identification from the DMS Labels If the DMS type is not identified by the CPM version (DMC HW10 RCOM), refer to the DMS label attached on the DMS cover

BR64 with UDMS Label

BR64 with TDMS Label

4535 673 81621 © 2011 Koninlijke Philips Electronics N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 Warning: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

331